WO2014157171A1 - Photosensitive resin composition, method for producing cured film, cured film, liquid crystal display device and organic el display device - Google Patents
Photosensitive resin composition, method for producing cured film, cured film, liquid crystal display device and organic el display device Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2014157171A1 WO2014157171A1 PCT/JP2014/058230 JP2014058230W WO2014157171A1 WO 2014157171 A1 WO2014157171 A1 WO 2014157171A1 JP 2014058230 W JP2014058230 W JP 2014058230W WO 2014157171 A1 WO2014157171 A1 WO 2014157171A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- group
- structural unit
- polymer
- resin composition
- photosensitive resin
- Prior art date
Links
- PJMXUSNWBKGQEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(C(Oc(cc1)ccc1O)=O)=C Chemical compound CC(C(Oc(cc1)ccc1O)=O)=C PJMXUSNWBKGQEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UBRDLTHOSDJHDJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCC(C)(C)C(OC(CCO1)C1=O)=O Chemical compound CCC(C)(C)C(OC(CCO1)C1=O)=O UBRDLTHOSDJHDJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YDTUYVCOKJEBMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N O=COCCCNCI Chemical compound O=COCCCNCI YDTUYVCOKJEBMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
Images
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08F—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
- C08F20/00—Homopolymers and copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and only one being terminated by only one carboxyl radical or a salt, anhydride, ester, amide, imide or nitrile thereof
- C08F20/02—Monocarboxylic acids having less than ten carbon atoms, Derivatives thereof
- C08F20/10—Esters
- C08F20/26—Esters containing oxygen in addition to the carboxy oxygen
- C08F20/28—Esters containing oxygen in addition to the carboxy oxygen containing no aromatic rings in the alcohol moiety
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
- G03F7/004—Photosensitive materials
- G03F7/039—Macromolecular compounds which are photodegradable, e.g. positive electron resists
- G03F7/0392—Macromolecular compounds which are photodegradable, e.g. positive electron resists the macromolecular compound being present in a chemically amplified positive photoresist composition
- G03F7/0397—Macromolecular compounds which are photodegradable, e.g. positive electron resists the macromolecular compound being present in a chemically amplified positive photoresist composition the macromolecular compound having an alicyclic moiety in a side chain
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H10—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- H10K—ORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
- H10K59/00—Integrated devices, or assemblies of multiple devices, comprising at least one organic light-emitting element covered by group H10K50/00
- H10K59/10—OLED displays
- H10K59/12—Active-matrix OLED [AMOLED] displays
- H10K59/124—Insulating layers formed between TFT elements and OLED elements
Definitions
- the present invention relates to a photosensitive resin composition (hereinafter sometimes simply referred to as “the composition of the present invention”).
- the present invention also relates to a method for producing a cured film using the photosensitive resin composition, a cured film obtained by curing the photosensitive composition, and various image display apparatuses using the cured film. More specifically, a photosensitive resin composition suitable for forming a flattening film, a protective film and an interlayer insulating film of an electronic component such as a liquid crystal display device, an organic EL (organic electroluminescence) display device, an integrated circuit element, and a solid-state imaging device.
- the present invention relates to a product and a method for producing a cured film using the product.
- an interlayer insulating film is generally used to insulate between wirings arranged in layers. Is provided.
- a photosensitive resin composition is widely used because the number of steps for obtaining a required pattern shape is small and a material having sufficient flatness is preferable (for example, And see Patent Documents 1 to 4).
- a photosensitive resin composition capable of improving chemical resistance and lowering the relative dielectric constant while maintaining high sensitivity.
- a photosensitive resin composition having a group in which an acid group is protected by an acid-decomposable group and a crosslinkable group is included in the composition in order to increase the sensitivity compared to the prior art.
- the chemical resistance is lowered in this case.
- the relative dielectric constant becomes too high when the proportion of the crosslinking group is increased in order to supplement the chemical resistance.
- the present invention is intended to solve such problems, and a photosensitive resin composition capable of improving chemical resistance and lowering the relative dielectric constant while maintaining high sensitivity. The purpose is to provide.
- the photosensitive resin composition has a structural unit having a group in which an acid group is protected by an acid-decomposable group, a structural unit having a crosslinkable group, and a lactone structure. It has been found that the chemical resistance can be improved and the relative dielectric constant can be lowered by blending the structural unit having the formula. Furthermore, the inventors have found that high sensitivity can be maintained, and have completed the present invention. The reason for this is presumed, but in the photosensitive resin composition, a structural unit having a lactone structure is combined with a structural unit having a group in which an acid group is protected by an acid-decomposable group and a structural unit having a crosslinkable group.
- ⁇ 1> a polymer component containing a polymer that satisfies at least one of the following (1) and (2): (1) (a1) a structural unit having a group in which an acid group is protected by an acid-decomposable group, and (a2) a polymer having a structural unit having a crosslinkable group, or (2) the structural unit (a1).
- a polymer having the structural unit (a2), (B) a photoacid generator, (C) contains a solvent
- the (A) polymer component at least one structural unit having a lactone structure is contained
- a photosensitive resin composition comprising at least one polymer containing the structural unit (a4) and not containing the structural unit (a1) and the structural unit (a2).
- General formula (1) (In General Formula (1), R A1 represents a substituent, and n1 R A1 s are independent and may be the same or different.
- Z 1 includes —O—C ( ⁇ O) —.
- R X1 is .
- R A2 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group is a substituent group
- n2 pieces of R A2 are each independently optionally .
- a 1 be the same or different are Represents a single bond or a divalent linking group
- Z 2 represents a monocyclic or polycyclic structure containing a group represented by —O—C ( ⁇ O) —
- n2 represents an integer of 0 or more.
- R X2 is .
- R A3 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group represents a substituent
- n3 pieces of R A3 are independent, which may be the same or different
- a 2 is Represents a single bond or a divalent linking group
- Z 3 represents a monocyclic or polycyclic structure containing a group represented by —O—C ( ⁇ O) —
- n3 represents an integer of 0 or more
- X 1 Represents an oxygen atom or —NR ′′ —.
- R ′′ represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
- R ′′ represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
- ⁇ 5> The photosensitive resin composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 4>, wherein the lactone structure is a lactone structure forming a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring.
- ⁇ 6> The photosensitive resin composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 5>, wherein the structural unit (a1) is a structural unit having a group in which a carboxy group is protected in the form of an acetal.
- ⁇ 7> The photosensitive resin composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 6>, wherein the structural unit (a1) is a structural unit represented by the following general formula (1-11).
- R 1 and R 2 each represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group, and at least one of R 1 and R 2 is an alkyl group or an aryl group; 3 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group, R 1 or R 2 and R 3 may be linked to form a cyclic ether, R 4 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and X represents a single bond Or represents an arylene group.
- the crosslinkable group is at least one selected from an epoxy group, an oxetanyl group, and —NH—CH 2 —OR (where R is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms), ⁇ 7>
- the photosensitive resin composition according to any one of the above.
- FIG. 1 is a conceptual diagram of a configuration of an example of a liquid crystal display device.
- the schematic sectional drawing of the active matrix substrate in a liquid crystal display device is shown, and it has the cured film 17 which is an interlayer insulation film.
- 1 shows a conceptual diagram of a configuration of an example of an organic EL display device.
- a schematic cross-sectional view of a substrate in a bottom emission type organic EL display device is shown, and a planarizing film 4 is provided.
- the composition of the present invention comprises: (A) a polymer component containing a polymer that satisfies at least one of the following (1) and (2): (1) (a1) a structural unit having a group in which an acid group is protected by an acid-decomposable group, and (a2) a polymer having a structural unit having a crosslinkable group, or (2) the structural unit (a1). And a polymer having the structural unit (a2), (B) a photoacid generator, (C) contains a solvent, In the (A) polymer component, (a4) at least one structural unit having a lactone structure is contained, (3) At least one polymer containing the structural unit (a4) and not including the structural unit (a1) and the structural unit (a2) is included.
- ADVANTAGE OF THE INVENTION According to this invention, the photosensitive resin composition which can make chemical resistance favorable and can make a dielectric constant lower can be provided, maintaining a high sensitivity.
- the polymer component has (a1) a structural unit having an acid group protected by an acid-decomposable group, (a2) a structural unit having a crosslinkable group, and (a4) a lactone structure.
- a polymer (A2) which have at least 1 type of structural units are included.
- a polymer component comprising (a1) a structural unit containing a structural unit having an acid group protected by an acid-decomposable group and (a2) a structural unit having a crosslinkable group (hereinafter referred to as heavy polymer). (A2)), (a4) a structural unit having a lactone structure, and (a1) a structural unit having a group in which an acid group is protected by an acid-decomposable group, and (a2) a crosslinkable group A polymer containing no structural unit (hereinafter also referred to as polymer (A2b)).
- polymer component comprising (a1) a structural unit having an acid group protected by an acid-decomposable group and (a4) a structural unit having a lactone structure (hereinafter referred to as polymer) (Also referred to as (A2c)) and (a2) a polymer containing a structural unit having a crosslinkable group (hereinafter also referred to as polymer (A2d)).
- the polymer component comprises (a1) a polymer containing a structural unit having an acid group protected by an acid-decomposable group (hereinafter also referred to as polymer (A2e)), and (a2 And a polymer containing a structural unit having a crosslinkable group and (a4) a structural unit having a lactone structure (hereinafter also referred to as polymer (A2f)).
- a polymer component comprising (a1) a polymer containing a structural unit having an acid group protected by an acid-decomposable group (hereinafter also referred to as polymer (A2g)), and (a2 ) A polymer containing a structural unit having a crosslinkable group (hereinafter also referred to as polymer (A2h)) and (a4) a polymer containing a structural unit having a lactone structure (hereinafter also referred to as polymer (A2i)).
- A2g a polymer containing a structural unit having an acid group protected by an acid-decomposable group
- A2h A polymer containing a structural unit having a crosslinkable group
- A2i a polymer containing a structural unit having a lactone structure
- the lactone structure refers to a cyclic ester containing a —COO— group in the ring.
- the structural unit having a lactone structure in the present invention refers to a structural unit containing the lactone structure.
- a monocyclic ring or a lactone structure is condensed with another ring structure to form a polycyclic structure. Says what you are doing.
- the lactone structure may be directly bonded to the main chain.
- the photosensitive resin composition is blended with a structural unit having a group in which an acid group is protected by an acid-decomposable group, a structural unit having a crosslinkable group, and a structural unit having a lactone structure.
- a high-concentration alkaline developer for example, a TMAH (tetramethylammonium hydroxide) aqueous solution of 2.0% by mass or more
- the developability can be further improved.
- the composition of the present invention is developed using a high concentration alkaline developer, the lactone structure is ring-opened to generate a carboxylic acid.
- the composition of the present invention with respect to the alkaline developer is produced. It is estimated that the solubility of the product is further increased.
- the (A) polymer component is preferably an addition polymerization type resin, and more preferably a polymer containing a structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid and / or an ester thereof.
- the “structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid and / or its ester” is also referred to as “(meth) acrylic structural unit”.
- a polymer component becomes a main component of the component except the solvent of the composition of this invention, and it is preferable to occupy 60 mass% or more of a total solid.
- the polymer component has at least a structural unit (a1) having a group in which an acid group is protected with an acid-decomposable group.
- a polymer component has a structural unit (a1), it can be set as the highly sensitive photosensitive resin composition.
- the “group in which the acid group is protected with an acid-decomposable group” in the present invention those known as an acid group and an acid-decomposable group can be used, and are not particularly limited.
- Specific examples of the acid group preferably include a carboxyl group and a phenolic hydroxyl group.
- Specific acid-decomposable groups include groups that are relatively easily decomposed by an acid (for example, an acetal functional group such as an ester structure, a tetrahydropyranyl ester group, or a tetrahydrofuranyl ester group described later) or an acid.
- a group that is relatively difficult to decompose for example, a tertiary alkyl group such as a tert-butyl ester group or a tertiary alkyl carbonate group such as a tert-butyl carbonate group
- a tertiary alkyl group such as a tert-butyl ester group
- a tertiary alkyl carbonate group such as a tert-butyl carbonate group
- the structural unit (a1) is preferably a structural unit having a protected carboxyl group protected with an acid-decomposable group or a structural unit having a protected phenolic hydroxyl group protected with an acid-decomposable group.
- the structural unit (a1-1) having a protected carboxyl group protected with an acid-decomposable group and the structural unit (a1-2) having a protected phenolic hydroxyl group protected with an acid-decomposable group will be described in order. To do.
- the structural unit (a1-1) is a structural unit having a protected carboxyl group in which the carboxyl group of the structural unit having a carboxyl group is protected by an acid-decomposable group described in detail below.
- the structural unit having a carboxyl group that can be used for the structural unit (a1-1) is not particularly limited, and a known structural unit can be used.
- Examples thereof include a structural unit (a1-1-1) derived from an unsaturated carboxylic acid having at least one carboxyl group in the molecule, such as an unsaturated monocarboxylic acid, unsaturated dicarboxylic acid, or unsaturated tricarboxylic acid. It is done.
- the structural unit (a1-1-1) used as the structural unit having a carboxyl group will be described.
- ⁇ (a1-1-1) Structural Unit Derived from Unsaturated Carboxylic Acid etc. Having at least One Carboxyl Group in the Molecule >>>>>>>
- the unsaturated carboxylic acid used in the present invention include those listed below. That is, examples of the unsaturated monocarboxylic acid include acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, crotonic acid, ⁇ -chloroacrylic acid, cinnamic acid, 2- (meth) acryloyloxyethyl-succinic acid, 2- (meth) acrylic acid. And leuoxyethyl hexahydrophthalic acid, 2- (meth) acryloyloxyethyl-phthalic acid, and the like.
- the unsaturated dicarboxylic acid examples include maleic acid, fumaric acid, itaconic acid, citraconic acid, and mesaconic acid.
- the acid anhydride may be sufficient as unsaturated polyhydric carboxylic acid used in order to obtain the structural unit which has a carboxyl group. Specific examples include maleic anhydride, itaconic anhydride, citraconic anhydride, and the like.
- the unsaturated polyvalent carboxylic acid may be a mono (2-methacryloyloxyalkyl) ester of a polyvalent carboxylic acid, such as succinic acid mono (2-acryloyloxyethyl), succinic acid mono (2 -Methacryloyloxyethyl), mono (2-acryloyloxyethyl) phthalate, mono (2-methacryloyloxyethyl) phthalate and the like.
- the unsaturated polyvalent carboxylic acid may be a mono (meth) acrylate of a dicarboxy polymer at both ends, and examples thereof include ⁇ -carboxypolycaprolactone monoacrylate and ⁇ -carboxypolycaprolactone monomethacrylate.
- unsaturated carboxylic acid acrylic acid-2-carboxyethyl ester, methacrylic acid-2-carboxyethyl ester, maleic acid monoalkyl ester, fumaric acid monoalkyl ester, 4-carboxystyrene and the like can also be used.
- acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, 2- (meth) acryloyloxyethyl-succinic acid, 2- (meth) acrylic acid are used. It is preferable to use leuoxyethylhexahydrophthalic acid, 2- (meth) acryloyloxyethyl-phthalic acid, or an anhydride of an unsaturated polycarboxylic acid, such as acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, 2- (meth) acrylic acid. It is more preferable to use leuoxyethyl hexahydrophthalic acid.
- the structural unit (a1-1-1) may be composed of one type alone, or may be composed of two or more types.
- an acid-decomposable group that can be used for the structural unit (a1-1) >>>>>
- the acid-decomposable group that can be used for the structural unit (a1-1) the acid-decomposable groups described above can be used.
- an acid-decomposable group is preferably a group having a structure protected in the form of an acetal.
- the protected carboxyl group in which the carboxyl group is protected in the form of an acetal means that the basic physical properties of the photosensitive resin composition, in particular the sensitivity and pattern shape, the formation of contact holes, and the storage stability of the photosensitive resin composition From the viewpoint of Furthermore, it is more preferable from the viewpoint of sensitivity that the carboxyl group is a protected carboxyl group protected in the form of an acetal represented by the following general formula (a1-10).
- the carboxyl group is a protected carboxyl group protected in the form of an acetal represented by the following general formula (a1-10)
- the entire protected carboxyl group is — (C ⁇ O) —O—CR 101
- the structure is R 102 (OR 103 ).
- R 101 and R 102 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, except that R 101 and R 102 are both hydrogen atoms, and R 103 represents an alkyl group.
- R 101 or R 102 and R 103 may be linked to form a cyclic ether.
- R 101 to R 103 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
- the alkyl group may be linear, branched or cyclic.
- both R 101 and R 102 do not represent a hydrogen atom, and at least one of R 101 and R 102 represents an alkyl group.
- the linear or branched alkyl group preferably has 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
- methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, i-propyl group, n-butyl group, i-butyl group, sec-butyl group, tert-butyl group, n-pentyl group, neopentyl group, n examples include -hexyl group, texyl group (2,3-dimethyl-2-butyl group), n-heptyl group, n-octyl group, 2-ethylhexyl group, n-nonyl group, n-decyl group and the like.
- the cyclic alkyl group preferably has 3 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 4 to 8 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 4 to 6 carbon atoms.
- Examples of the cyclic alkyl group include a cyclopropyl group, a cyclobutyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a cycloheptyl group, a cyclooctyl group, a norbornyl group, and an isobornyl group.
- the alkyl group may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, an aryl group, and an alkoxy group.
- R 101 , R 102 and R 103 When it has a halogen atom as a substituent, R 101 , R 102 and R 103 become a haloalkyl group, and when it has an aryl group as a substituent, R 101 , R 102 and R 103 become an aralkyl group.
- the halogen atom include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom, and among these, a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom is preferable.
- the aryl group is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms, and specific examples thereof include a phenyl group, an ⁇ -methylphenyl group, and a naphthyl group.
- the alkoxy group is preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and more preferably a methoxy group or an ethoxy group.
- the cycloalkyl group may have a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms as a substituent, and the alkyl group is straight.
- the alkyl group is a chain or branched chain, it may have a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 12 carbon atoms as a substituent. These substituents may be further substituted with the above substituents.
- R 101, R 102 and R 103 represents an aryl group
- the aryl group preferably has 6 to 12 carbon atoms, 6 to 10 carbon atoms More preferred.
- the aryl group may have a substituent, and preferred examples of the substituent include an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. Examples of the aryl group include a phenyl group, a tolyl group, a silyl group, a cumenyl group, and a 1-naphthyl group.
- R 101 , R 102 and R 103 can be bonded together to form a ring together with the carbon atom to which they are bonded.
- Examples of the ring structure when R 101 and R 102 , R 101 and R 103 or R 102 and R 103 are bonded include, for example, a cyclobutyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a cycloheptyl group, a tetrahydrofuranyl group, an adamantyl group, and a tetrahydropyrani group. And the like.
- one of R 101 and R 102 is preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
- radical polymerizable monomer used for forming the structural unit having a protected carboxyl group represented by the general formula (a1-10) a commercially available one may be used, or it may be synthesized by a known method. Things can also be used. For example, it can be synthesized by the synthesis method described in paragraph Nos. 0037 to 0040 of JP2011-212494A, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
- a first preferred embodiment of the structural unit (a1-1) is a structural unit represented by the following general formula (1-11).
- R 1 and R 2 each represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group, at least either one of R 1 and R 2 represent an alkyl group or an aryl group, R 3 Represents an alkyl group or an aryl group, and R 1 or R 2 and R 3 may be linked to form a cyclic ether, R 4 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and X represents a single bond or Represents an arylene group.
- R 1 and R 2 are alkyl groups, alkyl groups having 1 to 10 carbon atoms are preferred.
- R 1 and R 2 are aryl groups, a phenyl group is preferred.
- R 1 and R 2 are each preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
- R 3 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group, preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
- X represents a single bond or an arylene group, and a single bond is preferable.
- a second preferred embodiment of the structural unit (a1-1) is a structural unit represented by the following general formula (1-12).
- Formula (1-12) (In the formula (1-12), R 121 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, L 1 represents a carbonyl group or a phenylene group, and R 122 to R 128 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or Represents an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.) R 121 is preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. L 1 is preferably a carbonyl group. R 122 to R 128 are preferably hydrogen atoms.
- R represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
- the structural unit (a1-2) is a structural unit (a1-2-1) having a protected phenolic hydroxyl group in which the structural unit having a phenolic hydroxyl group is protected by an acid-decomposable group described in detail below.
- ⁇ (a1-2-1) Structural Unit Having Phenolic Hydroxyl Group examples include a hydroxystyrene structural unit and a structural unit in a novolac resin.
- a structural unit derived from hydroxystyrene or ⁇ -methylhydroxystyrene includes: It is preferable from the viewpoint of sensitivity.
- a structural unit represented by the following general formula (a1-20) is also preferable from the viewpoint of sensitivity.
- R 220 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
- R 221 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group
- R 222 represents a halogen atom or a straight chain having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or Represents a branched alkyl group
- a represents an integer of 1 to 5
- b represents an integer of 0 to 4
- a + b is 5 or less, and when R 222 is 2 or more, these R 222 may be different or the same.
- R 220 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and is preferably a methyl group.
- R 221 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. A single bond is preferable because the sensitivity can be improved and the transparency of the cured film can be improved.
- the divalent linking group of R 221 may be exemplified alkylene groups, specific examples R 221 is an alkylene group, a methylene group, an ethylene group, a propylene group, isopropylene group, n- butylene group, isobutylene group, tert -Butylene group, pentylene group, isopentylene group, neopentylene group, hexylene group and the like.
- R 221 is a single bond, a methylene group, or an ethylene group.
- the divalent linking group may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, and an alkoxy group.
- A represents an integer of 1 to 5, but a is preferably 1 or 2 and more preferably 1 from the viewpoint of the effects of the present invention and the ease of production.
- the bonding position of the hydroxyl group in the benzene ring is preferably bonded to the 4-position when the carbon atom bonded to R 221 is defined as the reference (first position).
- R 222 is a halogen atom or a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms. Specifically, fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom, methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, isobutyl group, tert-butyl group, pentyl group, isopentyl group, neopentyl group, etc. It is done. Among these, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, a methyl group, or an ethyl group is preferable from the viewpoint of easy production.
- B represents 0 or an integer of 1 to 4;
- acid-decomposable group that can be used for the structural unit (a1-2) >>>>>
- the acid-decomposable group that can be used for the structural unit (a1-2) as with the acid-decomposable group that can be used for the structural unit (a1-1), known ones can be used. It is not limited.
- a structural unit having a protected phenolic hydroxyl group protected with acetal is a basic physical property of the photosensitive resin composition, particularly sensitivity and pattern shape, storage stability of the photosensitive resin composition, contact This is preferable from the viewpoint of hole formability.
- the phenolic hydroxyl group is a protected phenolic hydroxyl group protected in the form of an acetal represented by the above general formula (a1-10).
- the protected phenolic hydroxyl group as a whole is —Ar—O—CR 101 R
- the structure is 102 (OR 103 ).
- Ar represents an arylene group.
- Examples of the radical polymerizable monomer used for forming a structural unit having a protected phenolic hydroxyl group in which the phenolic hydroxyl group is protected in the form of an acetal include paragraph number 0042 of JP2011-215590A. And the like.
- a 1-alkoxyalkyl protector of 4-hydroxyphenyl methacrylate and a tetrahydropyranyl protector of 4-hydroxyphenyl methacrylate are preferable from the viewpoint of transparency.
- acetal protecting group for the phenolic hydroxyl group examples include a 1-alkoxyalkyl group, such as a 1-ethoxyethyl group, a 1-methoxyethyl group, a 1-n-butoxyethyl group, and a 1-isobutoxyethyl group.
- 1- (2-chloroethoxy) ethyl group, 1- (2-ethylhexyloxy) ethyl group, 1-n-propoxyethyl group, 1-cyclohexyloxyethyl group, 1- (2-cyclohexylethoxy) ethyl group, 1 -A benzyloxyethyl group etc. can be mentioned, These can be used individually or in combination of 2 or more types.
- the radical polymerizable monomer used for forming the structural unit (a1-2) a commercially available one may be used, or one synthesized by a known method may be used. For example, it can be synthesized by reacting a compound having a phenolic hydroxyl group with vinyl ether in the presence of an acid catalyst. In the above synthesis, a monomer having a phenolic hydroxyl group may be previously copolymerized with another monomer, and then reacted with vinyl ether in the presence of an acid catalyst.
- the structural unit (a1-1) is characterized by faster development than the structural unit (a1-2). Therefore, when it is desired to develop quickly, the structural unit (a1-1) is preferable. Conversely, when it is desired to delay the development, it is preferable to use the structural unit (a1-2).
- the polymer component has a structural unit (a2) having a crosslinkable group.
- the crosslinkable group is not particularly limited as long as it is a group that causes a curing reaction by heat treatment.
- Preferred embodiments of the structural unit having a crosslinkable group include an epoxy group, an oxetanyl group, a group represented by —NH—CH 2 —O—R (R is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms) and ethylene.
- the (A-1) polymer component preferably includes a structural unit including at least one of an epoxy group and an oxetanyl group, and includes a structural unit including an epoxy group. It is more preferable to contain. In more detail, the following are mentioned.
- the (A) polymer component preferably contains a structural unit having an epoxy group and / or an oxetanyl group (hereinafter also referred to as a structural unit (a2-1)).
- the structural unit (a2-1) may have at least one epoxy group or oxetanyl group in one structural unit, and includes one or more epoxy groups, one or more oxetanyl groups, and two or more epoxy groups.
- Group may have two or more oxetanyl groups, and is not particularly limited, but preferably has a total of 1 to 3 epoxy groups and / or oxetanyl groups, and a total of epoxy groups and / or oxetanyl groups It is more preferable to have one or two, and it is even more preferable to have one epoxy group or one oxetanyl group.
- radical polymerizable monomer used for forming the structural unit having an epoxy group include, for example, glycidyl acrylate, glycidyl methacrylate, glycidyl ⁇ -ethyl acrylate, and glycidyl ⁇ -n-propyl acrylate.
- radical polymerizable monomer used for forming the structural unit (a1-2-1) having the epoxy group and / or oxetanyl group include a monomer having a methacrylate structure and an acrylate ester. A monomer containing a structure is preferred.
- glycidyl methacrylate, 3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl acrylate, 3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl methacrylate, o-vinylbenzyl glycidyl ether, m-vinylbenzyl glycidyl ether, p-vinylbenzyl glycidyl are preferred.
- Ether, (3-ethyloxetane-3-yl) methyl acrylate, and (3-ethyloxetane-3-yl) methyl methacrylate are preferred from the viewpoints of copolymerization reactivity and improved properties of the cured film.
- These structural units can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.
- R represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
- (a2-2) Structural unit having an ethylenically unsaturated group >>>
- the structural unit (a2) having a crosslinkable group there may be mentioned the structural unit (a2-2) having an ethylenically unsaturated group.
- the structural unit (a2-2) is preferably a structural unit having an ethylenically unsaturated group in the side chain, and a structural unit having an ethylenically unsaturated group at the terminal and having a side chain having 3 to 16 carbon atoms. More preferred.
- the polymer component (A) used in the present invention is a structural unit (a2-3) having a group represented by —NH—CH 2 —O—R (R is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms). Is also preferable.
- R is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 9 carbon atoms, and more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
- the alkyl group may be a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group, but is preferably a linear or branched alkyl group.
- the structural unit (a2-3) is more preferably a structural unit having a group represented by the following general formula (a2-30).
- Formula (a2-30) (In the general formula (a2-30), R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and R 2 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.) R 2 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 9 carbon atoms, and more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
- the alkyl group may be a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group, but is preferably a linear or branched alkyl group.
- R 2 include a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-butyl group, an i-butyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and an n-hexyl group. Of these, i-butyl, n-butyl and methyl are preferred.
- the polymer component contains (a4) at least one structural unit having a lactone structure, or the structural unit (a4), and the structural unit (a1). And at least one polymer not containing the structural unit (a2).
- a4 a structural unit having a lactone structure into the composition of the present invention, photosensitivity that can improve chemical resistance and lower the relative dielectric constant while maintaining high sensitivity.
- a resin composition can be provided.
- the lactone structure in the structural unit having a lactone structure is not particularly limited, and any lactone structure can be used.
- the lactone structure used in the present invention is preferably a lactone structure that forms a 5- to 7-membered ring, and more preferably a lactone structure that forms a 5-membered or 6-membered ring.
- a lactone structure forming a 5- to 7-membered ring may be condensed with another ring structure on the lactone structure to form a polycyclic structure.
- it is preferable that other ring structures are not condensed to the lactone structure.
- the other ring structure is preferably condensed so as to form a bicyclo structure or a spiro structure.
- other ring structures include a cyclic hydrocarbon group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, a heterocyclic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, and the like.
- the heterocyclic group is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include those having one or more heteroatoms out of the atoms constituting the ring or aromatic heterocyclic groups.
- a heterocyclic group a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring is preferable, and a 5-membered ring is especially preferable.
- the heterocyclic group preferably contains at least one oxygen atom, and examples thereof include an oxolane ring, an oxane ring, and a dioxane ring.
- the number of other ring structures condensed to the lactone structure is preferably 1 to 5 1 to 3 are more preferable.
- the lactone structure used in the present invention may or may not have a substituent, but preferably does not have a substituent.
- substituents include, but are not limited to, for example, an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 7 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxycarbonyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, Examples include a carboxyl group, a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, and an acid-decomposable group. More preferred are an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms and a cyano group.
- the alkyl group a linear alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a branched alkyl group having 3 to 6 carbon atoms, or a cyclic alkyl group having 3 to 6 carbon atoms is preferable. More preferred are ⁇ 3 alkyl groups.
- the number of substituents is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 to 4, and more preferably 1 or 2.
- the lactone structure used in the present invention has a plurality of substituents, the plurality of substituents may be the same as or different from each other. Further, when another ring structure is condensed to the lactone structure, this other ring structure may have a substituent.
- the structural unit having a lactone structure used in the present invention preferably contains a group represented by the following general formula (1).
- General formula (1) (In General Formula (1), R A1 represents a substituent, and n1 R A1 s are independent and may be the same or different. Z 1 includes —O—C ( ⁇ O) —. Represents a monocyclic or polycyclic structure, and n1 represents an integer of 0 or more.)
- R A1 represents a substituent, and n1 R A1 s are independent and may be the same or different.
- R A1 has the same meaning as the substituent that the above-mentioned lactone structure may have, and the preferred range is also the same.
- Z 1 represents a monocyclic or polycyclic structure containing —O—C ( ⁇ O) —, and preferably represents a monocyclic structure.
- the monocyclic structure is preferably a lactone structure that forms a 5- to 7-membered ring, and more preferably a lactone structure that forms a 5-membered or 6-membered ring.
- the polycyclic structure preferably has a condensed lactone structure with another cyclic structure forming a bicyclo structure or a spiro structure.
- Other ring structures are synonymous with the other ring structures described above, and preferred ranges are also the same.
- n1 represents an integer of 0 or more, preferably an integer of 0 to 4, preferably an integer of 0 to 2, and more preferably 0.
- a plurality of substituents may be the same as or different from each other.
- a plurality of substituents may be bonded to each other to form a ring, but it is preferable that they are not bonded to each other to form a ring.
- the structural unit (a4) is preferably represented by the following general formula (2).
- General formula (2) In (formula (2), R X1 is .R A2 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group is a substituent group, n2 pieces of R A2 are each independently optionally .A 1 be the same or different are Represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, Z 2 represents a monocyclic or polycyclic structure containing a group represented by —O—C ( ⁇ O) —, and n2 represents an integer of 0 or more.) In general formula (2), R X1 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
- alkyl group a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms is preferable, and a methyl group is more preferable.
- the alkyl group may have a substituent.
- a hydroxyl group or a halogen atom is preferable.
- R A2 represents a substituent, and n2 R A2 s are independent and may be the same or different.
- R A2 has the same meaning as the substituent that the lactone structure described above may have, and the preferred range is also the same.
- a 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
- Examples of the divalent linking group include a linear, branched or cyclic alkylene group, an arylene group, —O—, —COO—, —S—, —NR ′′ —, —CO—, and —NR ′′ CO—. , —SO 2 — and the like, or a combination of these groups.
- R ′′ represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and is preferably a hydrogen atom.
- Examples of the divalent linking group include —O—, —COO—, —S—, —NH— and At least one of —CO— or a group thereof and — (CH 2 ) m — (m is an integer of 1 to 10, preferably an integer of 1 to 6, more preferably an integer of 1 to 4) Groups consisting of combinations are preferred.
- Z 2 represents a monocyclic or polycyclic structure containing a group represented by —O—C ( ⁇ O) —, which is synonymous with Z 1 in the general formula (1) and is preferable. The range is the same.
- n2 represents an integer greater than or equal to 0, is synonymous with n1 in general formula (1), and its preferable range is also the same.
- the said structural unit (a4) is represented by the following general formula (3).
- General formula (3) (In the general formula (3), R X2 is .R A3 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group represents a substituent, n3 pieces of R A3 are independent, which may be the same or different .
- a 2 is Represents a single bond or a divalent linking group
- Z 3 represents a monocyclic or polycyclic structure containing a group represented by —O—C ( ⁇ O) —
- n3 represents an integer of 0 or more
- X 1 Represents an oxygen atom or —NR ′′ —.
- R ′′ represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
- R A3 represents a substituent, and n3 R A3 s are independent and may be the same or different.
- R A3 has the same meaning as the substituent that the lactone structure described above may have, and the preferred range is also the same.
- a 2 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. Examples of the divalent linking group is synonymous with the case where A 1 in the general formula (2) represents a divalent linking group.
- a preferred divalent linking group is at least one of —COO— and —CO—, or these groups, and — (CH 2 ) m — (m is an integer of 1 to 10, preferably 1 to 6.
- a 2 in the general formula (3) is preferably a single bond.
- Z 3 represents a monocyclic or polycyclic structure containing a group represented by —O—C ( ⁇ O) —, and is synonymous with Z 1 in the general formula (1).
- the range is the same.
- n3 represents an integer greater than or equal to 0, is synonymous with n1 in general formula (1), and its preferable range is also the same.
- X 1 represents an oxygen atom or —NR ′′ —, preferably an oxygen atom.
- R ′′ represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and preferably a hydrogen atom.
- the structural unit (a4) preferably includes a structure represented by any of the following general formulas (LC1-1) to (LC1-21) as the structure represented by the general formula (1). More preferred structures are (LC1-1), (LC1-4), (LC1-5), (LC1-6), (LC1-13), (LC1-14), (LC1-17), Particularly preferred structures are (LC1-1), (LC1-4), and (LC1-17).
- the structural unit (a4) includes such a structure, the relative dielectric constant can be further lowered while improving the chemical resistance of the composition of the present invention.
- (Rb 2 ) represents a substituent, which may or may not have ( That is, in the general formulas (LC1-1) to (LC1-21), n4 is 0).
- the preferred substituent (Rb 2 ) is synonymous with the substituent which the lactone structure described above may have, and the preferred range is also the same.
- n4 has the same meaning as n1 in the general formula (1), and the preferred range is also the same.
- the structural unit having a lactone structure usually has an optical isomer, but any optical isomer may be used.
- One optical isomer may be used alone, or a plurality of optical isomers may be mixed and used.
- the optical purity (ee) thereof is preferably 90% or more, more preferably 95% or more.
- the structural unit (a4) having a lactone structure that can be used in the present invention is preferably represented by the following general formulas (4) to (7), and is represented by the following general formula (4). It is more preferable.
- General formula (4) General formula (5)
- General formula (6) General formula (7)
- composition of the present invention structural units having two or more lactone structures may be used in combination.
- the total amount is a numerical range of the structural unit (a4) mentioned later.
- the (A) polymer component may have another structural unit (a3) in addition to the structural unit (a1), the structural unit (a2), and the structural unit (a4).
- the structural unit (a3) may be contained in the polymer (1) and / or (2).
- the polymer has a structural unit (a3) that does not substantially contain the structural unit (a1) and the structural unit (a1). Also good.
- a monomer used as structural unit (a3) For example, styrenes, (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester, (meth) acrylic acid cyclic alkyl ester, (meth) acrylic acid aryl ester, unsaturated dicarboxylic acid Examples include diesters, bicyclounsaturated compounds, maleimide compounds, unsaturated aromatic compounds, conjugated diene compounds, unsaturated monocarboxylic acids, unsaturated dicarboxylic acids, unsaturated dicarboxylic anhydrides, and other unsaturated compounds. it can. Moreover, you may have the structural unit which has an acid group so that it may mention later.
- the monomer which becomes another structural unit (a3) can be used individually or in combination of 2 or more types.
- the structural unit (a3) is styrene, methyl styrene, hydroxy styrene, ⁇ -methyl styrene, acetoxy styrene, methoxy styrene, ethoxy styrene, chlorostyrene, methyl vinyl benzoate, ethyl vinyl benzoate, 4-hydroxy Benzoic acid (3-methacryloyloxypropyl) ester, (meth) acrylic acid, methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, n-propyl (meth) acrylate, isopropyl (meth) acrylate, (meth) 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, benzyl (meth) acrylate, isobornyl (meth) acrylate, (meth) acryloylmorpholine, N-cyclohexylmale
- styrenes and groups having an aliphatic cyclic skeleton are preferable from the viewpoint of electrical characteristics.
- Specific examples include styrene, methylstyrene, hydroxystyrene, ⁇ -methylstyrene, dicyclopentanyl (meth) acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth) acrylate, isobornyl (meth) acrylate, and benzyl (meth) acrylate.
- (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester is preferable from the viewpoint of adhesion.
- Specific examples include methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, propyl (meth) acrylate, and n-butyl (meth) acrylate, and methyl (meth) acrylate is more preferable.
- the other structural unit (a3) it is preferable to include a repeating unit containing an acid group.
- a repeating unit containing an acid group By containing an acid group, it becomes easy to dissolve in an alkaline developer, and the effects of the present invention are more effectively exhibited.
- the acid group is usually incorporated into the polymer as a structural unit containing an acid group using a monomer capable of forming an acid group. By including such a structural unit containing an acid group in the polymer, the polymer tends to be easily dissolved in an alkaline developer.
- Acid groups used in the present invention include those derived from carboxylic acid groups, those derived from sulfonamide groups, those derived from phosphonic acid groups, those derived from sulfonic acid groups, those derived from phenolic hydroxyl groups, sulfones Examples include amide groups, sulfonylimide groups, and the like, and those derived from carboxylic acid groups and / or those derived from phenolic hydroxyl groups are preferred.
- the structural unit containing an acid group used in the present invention is more preferably a structural unit derived from styrene, a structural unit derived from a vinyl compound, a structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid and / or an ester thereof. .
- Such a polymer is preferably a resin having a carboxyl group in the side chain.
- a resin having a carboxyl group in the side chain For example, JP-A-59-44615, JP-B-54-34327, JP-B-58-12777, JP-B-54-25957, JP-A-59-53836, JP-A-59-71048
- methacrylic acid copolymer, acrylic acid copolymer, itaconic acid copolymer, crotonic acid copolymer, maleic acid copolymer, partially esterified maleic acid copolymer, etc. and side chain
- acidic cellulose derivatives having a carboxyl group those obtained by adding an acid anhydride to a polymer having a hydroxyl group
- high molecular polymers having a (meth) acryloyl group in the side chain examples thereof include acidic cellulose derivatives having a carboxyl group, those obtained by adding an acid anhydride to a
- benzyl (meth) acrylate / (meth) acrylic acid copolymer 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate / benzyl (meth) acrylate / (meth) acrylic acid copolymer, described in JP-A-7-140654 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate / polystyrene macromonomer / benzyl methacrylate / methacrylic acid copolymer, 2-hydroxy-3-phenoxypropyl acrylate / polymethyl methacrylate macromonomer / benzyl methacrylate / methacrylic acid copolymer, 2 -Hydroxyethyl methacrylate / polystyrene macromonomer / methyl methacrylate / methacrylic acid copolymer, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate / polystyrene macromonomer / benzyl methacrylate / methacrylic acid
- Known polymer compounds described in JP-A-2003-233179, JP-A-2009-52020, and the like can be used, and the contents thereof are incorporated herein. These polymers may contain only 1 type and may contain 2 or more types.
- SMA 1000P As these polymers, commercially available SMA 1000P, SMA 2000P, SMA 3000P, SMA 1440F, SMA 17352P, SMA 2625P, SMA 3840F (above, manufactured by Sartomer), ARUFON UC-3000, ARUFON UC-3510, ARUFON UC-3900, ARUFON UC-3910, ARUFON UC-3920, ARUFON UC-3080 (above, manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.), Joncryl 690, Joncryl 678, Joncryl 67, Joncryl 586 (above, manufactured by BASF, etc.) You can also.
- a structural unit having a carboxyl group or a structural unit having a phenolic hydroxyl group it is particularly preferable from the viewpoint of sensitivity to contain a structural unit having a carboxyl group or a structural unit having a phenolic hydroxyl group.
- a structural unit having a carboxyl group or a structural unit having a phenolic hydroxyl group for example, compounds described in JP 2012-88459 A, paragraph numbers 0021 to 0023 and paragraph numbers 0029 to 0044 can be used, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
- the structural unit containing an acid group is preferably 1 to 80% by mole, more preferably 1 to 50% by mole, still more preferably 5 to 40% by mole, and particularly preferably 5 to 30% by mole of the structural unit of all polymer components. 5 to 25 mol% is particularly preferred.
- a polymer component contains 1 or more types of polymers (A2).
- the content of the structural unit (a1) is preferably 3 to 70 mol% in all the structural units of the polymer component (A) (polymer (A2)).
- the content of the structural unit (a2) is preferably 3 to 70 mol% in all the structural units of the polymer (A2).
- the content of the structural unit (a4) is preferably from 1 to 80 mol%, more preferably from 1 to 50 mol%, still more preferably from 3 to 20 mol%, based on all the structural units of the polymer (A2).
- the polymer (A2) may contain the structural unit (a3).
- the content of the structural unit (a3) is preferably 1 to 50 mol% in all the structural units of the polymer (A2). Moreover, it is preferable that content of polymers other than a polymer (A2) in (A) polymer component is 10 mass% or less in (A) polymer component.
- a polymer component contains a polymer (A2a) and a polymer (A2b). Further, the polymer (A2a) usually does not contain a structural unit (a4) having a lactone structure.
- the polymer (A2b) usually does not contain the structural unit (a1) and the structural unit (a2).
- the content of the structural unit (a1) is preferably 3 to 70 mol% in all the structural units of the polymer component (A) (polymer (A2a) and polymer (A2b)).
- the content of the structural unit (a2) is preferably 3 to 70 mol% in all the structural units of the polymer (A2a) and the polymer (A2b).
- the content of the structural unit (a4) is preferably 1 to 80 mol%, more preferably 1 to 50 mol%, and more preferably 3 to 20 mol% in all the structural units of the polymer (A2a) and the polymer (A2b). Further preferred.
- the polymer (A2a) and / or the polymer (A2b) may further contain the structural unit (a3).
- the content of the structural unit (a3) is preferably 1 to 50 mol% in all the structural units of the polymer component (A) (polymer (A2a) and polymer (A2b)).
- content of polymers other than a polymer (A2a) and a polymer (A2b) in (A) polymer component is 10 mass% or less in (A) polymer component.
- the content of the structural unit (a1) in the polymer (A2a) is preferably from 3 to 90 mol%, more preferably from 10 to 80 mol%, based on all the structural units in the polymer (A2a).
- the content of the structural unit (a2) in the polymer (A2a) is preferably from 3 to 70 mol%, more preferably from 10 to 60 mol%, based on all the structural units in the polymer (A2a).
- the content of the structural unit (a3) in the polymer (A2a) is 3% in all the structural units in the polymer (A2a). -70 mol% is preferable, and 10-50 mol% is more preferable.
- the content of the structural unit (a4) in the polymer (A2b) is preferably from 2 to 95 mol%, more preferably from 3 to 90 mol%, more preferably from 5 to 85 mol% in all the structural units in the polymer (A2b). % Is more preferable.
- the content of the structural unit (a3) in the polymer (A2b) is 3 in all the structural units in the polymer (A2b). -70 mol% is preferable, and 10-50 mol% is more preferable.
- a polymer component contains a polymer (A2c) and a polymer (A2d). Further, the polymer (A2c) usually does not contain the structural unit (a2). Further, the polymer (A2d) usually does not contain the structural units (a1) and (a4) having the lactone structure.
- the content of the structural unit (a1) is preferably 3 to 70 mol% in all the structural units of the polymer component (A) (polymer (A2c) and polymer (A2d)).
- the content of the structural unit (a2) is preferably 3 to 70 mol% in all the structural units of the polymer component (A).
- the content of the structural unit (a4) is preferably from 1 to 80 mol%, more preferably from 1 to 50 mol%, still more preferably from 3 to 20 mol%, based on all the structural units of the polymer component (A). Moreover, it is preferable that content of polymers other than a polymer (A2c) and a polymer (A2d) in (A) polymer component is 10 mass% or less in (A) polymer component.
- the polymer (A2c) and / or the polymer (A2d) may further contain the structural unit (a3).
- the content of the structural unit (a3) is preferably 1 to 50 mol% in all the structural units of the polymer component (A) (polymer (A2c) and polymer (A2d)).
- the content of the structural unit (a1) in the polymer (A2c) is preferably from 3 to 90 mol%, more preferably from 10 to 80 mol%, based on all the structural units in the polymer (A2c).
- the content of the structural unit (a4) in the polymer (A2c) is preferably from 2 to 95 mol%, more preferably from 3 to 90 mol%, based on all the structural units in the polymer (A2c). 85 mol% is more preferable.
- the content of the structural unit (a3) in the polymer (A2c) is 3% in all the structural units in the polymer (A2c).
- the content of the structural unit (a2) in the polymer (A2d) is preferably 1 to 90 mol%, more preferably 40 to 80 mol% in all the structural units in the polymer (A2d).
- the content of the structural unit (a3) in the polymer (A2d) is 3% in all the structural units in the polymer (A2d). ⁇ 70 mol% is preferable, and 10 to 50 mol% is more preferable.
- a polymer component contains a polymer (A2e) and a polymer (A2f).
- the polymer (A2e) usually does not contain the structural unit (a2) and the structural unit (a4) having a lactone structure. Further, the polymer (A2f) usually does not contain the structural unit (a1).
- the content of the structural unit (a1) is preferably 3 to 70 mol% in all the structural units of the polymer component (A) (polymer (A2e) and polymer (A2f)).
- the content of the structural unit (a2) is preferably 3 to 70 mol% in all the structural units of the polymer (A2e) and the polymer (A2f).
- the content of the structural unit (a4) is preferably 1 to 80 mol%, more preferably 1 to 50 mol%, and more preferably 3 to 20 mol% in all the structural units of the polymer (A2e) and the polymer (A2f). Further preferred. Moreover, it is preferable that content of polymers other than a polymer (A2e) and a polymer (A2f) in (A) polymer component is 10 mass% or less in (A) polymer component.
- the polymer (A2e) and / or the polymer (A2f) may further contain the structural unit (a3).
- the content of the structural unit (a3) is preferably 1 to 50 mol% in all the structural units of the polymer component (A) (polymer (A2e) and polymer (A2f)).
- the polymer (A2e) contains the structural unit (a3)
- the total of the structural unit (a1) and the structural unit (a3) is 100 mol% in the polymer (A2e).
- the polymer (A2f) contains the structural unit (a3)
- the total of the structural unit (a2), the structural unit (a3), and the structural unit (a4) is 100 mol% in the polymer (A2f). is there.
- the content of the structural unit (a1) in the polymer (A2e) is preferably from 3 to 90 mol%, more preferably from 10 to 80 mol%, based on all the structural units in the polymer (A2e).
- the polymer (A2e) further contains the structural unit (a3)
- the content of the structural unit (a3) in the polymer (A2e) is 3% in all the structural units in the polymer (A2e).
- the content of the structural unit (a2) in the polymer (A2f) is preferably 1 to 90 mol%, more preferably 40 to 80 mol% in all the structural units in the polymer (A2f).
- the content of the structural unit (a4) in the polymer (A2f) is preferably from 2 to 95 mol%, more preferably from 3 to 90 mol%, based on all the structural units in the polymer (A2f). 85 mol% is more preferable.
- the content of the structural unit (a3) in the polymer (A2f) is 1 in all the structural units in the polymer (A2f). -70 mol% is preferable, and 3-50 mol% is more preferable.
- a polymer component contains a polymer (A2g), a polymer (A2h), and a polymer (A2i). Further, the polymer (A2g) usually does not contain the structural units (a2) and (a4) having the lactone structure. Further, the polymer (A2h) usually does not contain the structural units (a1) and (a4) having the lactone structure. The polymer (A2i) usually does not contain the structural unit (a1) and the structural unit (a2).
- the content of the structural unit (a1) is preferably 3 to 70 mol% in all the structural units of the polymer component (A) (polymer (A2g), polymer (A2h) and polymer (A2i)).
- the content of the structural unit (a2) is preferably 3 to 70 mol% in all the structural units of the polymer (A2g), the polymer (A2h) and the polymer (A2i).
- the content of the structural unit (a4) is preferably 1 to 80 mol%, more preferably 1 to 50 mol% in all the structural units of the polymer (A2g), the polymer (A2h) and the polymer (A2i). 3 to 20 mol% is more preferable.
- content of polymers other than a polymer (A2g), a polymer (A2h), and a polymer (A2i) in (A) polymer component is 10 mass% or less in (A) polymer component. It is preferable.
- At least one of the polymer (A2g), the polymer (A2h) and the polymer (A2i) may further contain the structural unit (a3).
- the content of the structural unit (a3) is preferably 1 to 50 mol% in all the structural units of the polymer component (A) (polymer (A2g), polymer (A2h) and polymer (A2i)).
- the polymer (A2g) contains the structural unit (a3)
- the total of the structural unit (a1) and the structural unit (a3) is 100 mol% in the polymer (A2g).
- the polymer (A2h) contains the structural unit (a3)
- the total of the structural unit (a2) and the structural unit (a3) is 100 mol% in the polymer (A2h).
- the total of the structural unit (a3) and the structural unit (a4) is 100 mol% in the polymer (A2i).
- the content of the structural unit (a1) in the polymer (A2g) is preferably from 3 to 90 mol%, more preferably from 10 to 80 mol%, based on all the structural units in the polymer (A2g).
- the content of the structural unit (a3) in the polymer (A2g) is 3% in all the structural units in the polymer (A2g). ⁇ 70 mol% is preferable, and 10 to 50 mol% is more preferable.
- the content of the structural unit (a2) in the polymer (A2h) is preferably 1 to 90 mol%, more preferably 40 to 80 mol% in all the structural units in the polymer (A2h).
- the content of the structural unit (a3) in the polymer (A2h) is 3% in all the structural units in the polymer (A2h). ⁇ 70 mol% is preferable, and 10 to 50 mol% is more preferable.
- the content of the structural unit (a4) in the polymer (A2i) is preferably 2 to 95 mol%, more preferably 3 to 90 mol%, in all structural units in the polymer (A2i). 85 mol% is more preferable.
- the content of the structural unit (a3) in the polymer (A2i) is 3% in all the structural units in the polymer (A2i). ⁇ 70 mol% is preferable, and 10 to 50 mol% is more preferable.
- the molecular weight of the polymer (A) is a weight average molecular weight in terms of polystyrene, and is preferably 1,000 to 200,000, more preferably 2,000 to 50,000. Various characteristics are favorable in the range of said numerical value.
- the ratio (dispersity) between the number average molecular weight and the weight average molecular weight is preferably 1.0 to 5.0, more preferably 1.5 to 3.5.
- (A) Production Method of Polymer Component >> also, various methods are known for the synthesis method of the polymer component (A). For example, in order to form at least the structural units represented by the above (a1) and (a2), It can be synthesized by polymerizing a radical polymerizable monomer mixture containing the radical polymerizable monomer used in an organic solvent using a radical polymerization initiator. It can also be synthesized by a so-called polymer reaction.
- the polymer component (A) preferably contains 50 mol% or more, more preferably 80 mol% or more of the structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid and / or its ester with respect to all the structural units. preferable.
- the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention contains (B) a photoacid generator.
- the photoacid generator used in the present invention is preferably a compound that reacts with actinic rays having a wavelength of 300 nm or more, preferably 300 to 450 nm, and generates an acid, but is not limited to its chemical structure.
- a photoacid generator that is not directly sensitive to an actinic ray having a wavelength of 300 nm or more can also be used as a sensitizer if it is a compound that reacts with an actinic ray having a wavelength of 300 nm or more and generates an acid when used in combination with a sensitizer. It can be preferably used in combination.
- the photoacid generator used in the present invention is preferably a photoacid generator that generates an acid having a pKa of 4 or less, more preferably a photoacid generator that generates an acid having a pKa of 3 or less, and an acid of 2 or less. Most preferred are photoacid generators that generate.
- photoacid generator examples include trichloromethyl-s-triazines, sulfonium salts and iodonium salts, quaternary ammonium salts, diazomethane compounds, imide sulfonate compounds, and oxime sulfonate compounds. Among these, it is preferable to use an oxime sulfonate compound from the viewpoint of insulation.
- photoacid generators can be used singly or in combination of two or more.
- trichloromethyl-s-triazines diaryliodonium salts, triarylsulfonium salts, quaternary ammonium salts, and diazomethane derivatives include the compounds described in paragraph numbers 0083 to 0088 of JP2011-221494A. These can be illustrated and their contents are incorporated herein.
- Preferred examples of the oxime sulfonate compound that is, a compound having an oxime sulfonate structure include compounds having an oxime sulfonate structure represented by the following general formula (B1-1).
- General formula (B1-1) (In the general formula (B1-1), R 21 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group. The wavy line represents a bond with another group.)
- any group may be substituted, and the alkyl group in R 21 may be linear, branched or cyclic. Acceptable substituents are described below.
- the alkyl group for R 21 is preferably a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
- the alkyl group represented by R 21 has a halogen atom, an aryl group having 6 to 11 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a cycloalkyl group (7,7-dimethyl-2-oxonorbornyl group, etc.). It may be substituted with a bridged alicyclic group, preferably a bicycloalkyl group or the like.
- aryl group for R 21 an aryl group having 6 to 11 carbon atoms is preferable, and a phenyl group or a naphthyl group is more preferable.
- the aryl group of R 21 may be substituted with a lower alkyl group, an alkoxy group, or a halogen atom.
- the compound containing the oxime sulfonate structure represented by the general formula (B1-1) is preferably an oxime sulfonate compound represented by the following general formula (B1-2).
- General formula (B1-2) (In the formula (B1-2), R 42 represents an optionally substituted alkyl group or aryl group, X represents an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, or a halogen atom, and m4 represents 0-3. Represents an integer, and when m4 is 2 or 3, a plurality of Xs may be the same or different.
- the alkyl group as X is preferably a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
- the alkoxy group as X is preferably a linear or branched alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
- the halogen atom as X is preferably a chlorine atom or a fluorine atom.
- m4 is preferably 0 or 1.
- m4 is 1
- X is a methyl group
- substitution position of X is the ortho position
- R 42 is a linear alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms
- 7,7- A compound that is a dimethyl-2-oxonorbornylmethyl group or a p-toluyl group is particularly preferred.
- the compound containing an oxime sulfonate structure represented by the general formula (B1-1) is also preferably an oxime sulfonate compound represented by the following general formula (B1-3).
- General formula (B1-3) (In Formula (B1-3), R 43 has the same meaning as R 42 in Formula (B1-2), and X 1 is a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. Represents an alkoxy group, a cyano group or a nitro group, and n4 represents an integer of 0 to 5.)
- R 43 in the above general formula (B1-3) is methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, n-butyl group, n-octyl group, trifluoromethyl group, pentafluoroethyl group, perfluoro-n—.
- a propyl group, a perfluoro-n-butyl group, a p-tolyl group, a 4-chlorophenyl group or a pentafluorophenyl group is preferable, and an n-octyl group is particularly preferable.
- X 1 is preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and more preferably a methoxy group.
- n4 is preferably from 0 to 2, particularly preferably from 0 to 1.
- description in paragraphs 0080 to 0082 of JP2012-163937A can be referred to, and the contents thereof are described in this application. Incorporated in the description.
- the compound containing an oxime sulfonate structure represented by the general formula (B1-1) is also preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (OS-1).
- R 101 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an acyl group, a carbamoyl group, a sulfamoyl group, a sulfo group, a cyano group, an aryl group, or Represents a heteroaryl group.
- R102 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group.
- X 101 represents —O—, —S—, —NH—, —NR 105 —, —CH 2 —, —CR 106 H—, or —CR 105 R 107 —, wherein R 105 to R 107 are alkyl groups.
- R 121 to R 124 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkoxy group, an amino group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkylcarbonyl group, an arylcarbonyl group, an amide group, a sulfo group, a cyano group, Or an aryl group is represented. Two of R 121 to R 124 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
- R 121 to R 124 are preferably a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom and an alkyl group, and an embodiment in which at least two of R 121 to R 124 are bonded to each other to form an aryl group is also preferred. Among these, an embodiment in which R 121 to R 124 are all hydrogen atoms is preferable from the viewpoint of sensitivity. Any of the aforementioned functional groups may further have a substituent.
- the compound represented by the general formula (OS-1) is, for example, a compound represented by the general formula (OS-2) described in paragraph numbers 0087 to 0089 of JP2012-163937A Which is hereby incorporated by reference.
- the compound represented by the general formula (OS-1) that can be suitably used in the present invention include compounds described in paragraph numbers 0128 to 0132 of JP2011-221494A (exemplified compounds b-1 to b-34), but the present invention is not limited thereto.
- the compound containing the oxime sulfonate structure represented by the general formula (B1-1) is represented by the following general formula (OS-3), the following general formula (OS-4), or the following general formula (OS- The oxime sulfonate compound represented by 5) is preferred.
- R 22 , R 25 and R 28 each independently represents an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group
- R 23 , R 26 and R 29 Each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or a halogen atom
- R 24 , R 27 and R 30 each independently represent a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkyloxy group, a sulfonic acid group, an aminosulfonyl group or an alkoxysulfonyl group.
- X 1 to X 3 each independently represents an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom
- n 1 to n 3 each independently represents 1 or 2
- m 1 to m 3 each independently represents an integer of 0 to 6 Represents.
- the compound having an oxime sulfonate structure represented by the general formula (B1-1) is, for example, a compound represented by the general formula (OS-6) to JP-A-2012-163937 described in paragraph 0117. Particularly preferred is a compound represented by any of (OS-11), the contents of which are incorporated herein. Preferred ranges in the general formulas (OS-6) to (OS-11) are preferred ranges of (OS-6) to (OS-11) described in paragraph numbers 0110 to 0112 of JP2011-221494A. The contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
- oxime sulfonate compounds represented by the general formula (OS-3) to the general formula (OS-5) include compounds described in paragraph numbers 0114 to 0120 of JP2011-221494A. The contents of which are incorporated herein by reference. The present invention is not limited to these.
- the compound containing an oxime sulfonate structure represented by the general formula (B1-1) is also preferably an oxime sulfonate compound represented by the following general formula (B1-4).
- General formula (B1-4) (In the general formula (B1-4), R 1 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group, R 2 represents an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group. R 3 to R 6 each represents a hydrogen atom. Represents an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a halogen atom, provided that R 3 and R 4 , R 4 and R 5 , or R 5 and R 6 may combine to form an alicyclic ring or aromatic ring. , -O- or S-).
- R 1 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group.
- the alkyl group is preferably a branched alkyl group or a cyclic alkyl group.
- the alkyl group preferably has 3 to 10 carbon atoms. In particular, when the alkyl group has a branched structure, an alkyl group having 3 to 6 carbon atoms is preferable, and when the alkyl group has a cyclic structure, an alkyl group having 5 to 7 carbon atoms is preferable.
- alkyl group examples include propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, s-butyl group, isobutyl group, tert-butyl group, pentyl group, isopentyl group, neopentyl group, 1,1-dimethylpropyl group, hexyl group. 2-ethylhexyl group, cyclohexyl group, octyl group and the like, preferably isopropyl group, tert-butyl group, neopentyl group, and cyclohexyl group.
- the aryl group preferably has 6 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 8 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 6 to 7 carbon atoms.
- Examples of the aryl group include a phenyl group and a naphthyl group, and a phenyl group is preferable.
- the alkyl group and aryl group represented by R 1 may have a substituent.
- substituents examples include a halogen atom (a fluorine atom, a chloro atom, a bromine atom, an iodine atom), a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group (for example, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group), an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, Aryl group, acyl group, alkoxycarbonyl group, aryloxycarbonyl group, carbamoyl group, cyano group, carboxyl group, hydroxyl group, alkoxy group, aryloxy group, alkylthio group, arylthio group, heterocyclic oxy group, acyloxy group, amino group, A nitro group, a hydrazino group, a heterocyclic group, etc. are mentioned. Further, these groups may be further substituted. Preferably, they are a halogen atom and a methyl group.
- R 1 is preferably an alkyl group from the viewpoint of transparency, and R 1 has a branched structure having 3 to 6 carbon atoms from the viewpoint of achieving both storage stability and sensitivity.
- An alkyl group, an alkyl group having a cyclic structure having 5 to 7 carbon atoms, or a phenyl group is preferable, and an alkyl group having a branched structure having 3 to 6 carbon atoms or an alkyl group having a cyclic structure having 5 to 7 carbon atoms is more preferable. .
- an isopropyl group, a tert-butyl group, a neopentyl group, and a cyclohexyl group are preferable, and a tert-butyl group and a cyclohexyl group are more preferable.
- R 2 represents an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group.
- the alkyl group represented by R 2 is preferably a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
- Examples of the alkyl group include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group, a tert-butyl group, a pentyl group, a neopentyl group, a hexyl group, and a cyclohexyl group. It is a group.
- As the aryl group an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms is preferable.
- Examples of the aryl group include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, a p-toluyl group (p-methylphenyl group), and a phenyl group and a p-toluyl group are preferable.
- Examples of the heteroaryl group include a pyrrole group, an indole group, a carbazole group, a furan group, and a thiophene group.
- the alkyl group, aryl group, and heteroaryl group represented by R 2 may have a substituent. As a substituent, it is synonymous with the substituent which the alkyl group and aryl group which R ⁇ 1 > may have.
- R 2 is preferably an alkyl group or an aryl group, more preferably an aryl group, and more preferably a phenyl group.
- As the substituent for the phenyl group a methyl group is preferred.
- R 3 to R 6 each represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a halogen atom (a fluorine atom, a chloro atom, a bromine atom, or an iodine atom).
- the alkyl group represented by R 3 to R 6 has the same meaning as the alkyl group represented by R 2 , and the preferred range is also the same.
- the aryl group represented by R 3 to R 6 has the same meaning as the aryl group represented by R 1 , and the preferred range is also the same.
- R 3 to R 6 , R 3 and R 4 , R 4 and R 5 , or R 5 and R 6 may combine to form a ring, and the ring may form an alicyclic ring or an aromatic ring. It is preferable that a benzene ring is more preferable.
- R 3 to R 6 are a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a halogen atom (fluorine atom, chloro atom, bromine atom), or R 3 and R 4 , R 4 and R 5 , or R 5 and R 6
- a benzene ring is preferably formed, and a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a fluorine atom, a chloro atom, a bromine atom, or R 3 and R 4 , R 4 and R 5 , or R 5 and R 6 are combined to form a benzene ring Is more preferable.
- Preferred embodiments of R 3 to R 6 are as follows. (Aspect 1) At least two are hydrogen atoms.
- Ts represents a tosyl group (p-toluenesulfonyl group)
- Me represents a methyl group
- Bu represents an n-butyl group
- Ph represents a phenyl group.
- each R 7 independently represents a linear alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a branched alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms.
- N represents an integer from 0 to 4.
- X represents an integer from 1 to 20
- Y represents an integer from 0 to 20
- Z represents an integer from 0 to 20
- W represents an integer from 0 to 5.
- imide sulfonate compound examples include compounds described in paragraph 0084 of JP2012-155115A, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
- the addition amount of the photoacid generator is preferably 0.1 to 10% by mass relative to the total solid content in the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention. More preferably, the content is 5 to 10% by mass.
- Two or more photoacid generators can be used in combination. When using together 2 or more types of photo-acid generators, it is preferable that the total amount is the said numerical range.
- the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention contains a solvent.
- the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is preferably prepared as a solution in which the essential components of the present invention and further optional components described below are dissolved in a solvent.
- a solvent used for the preparation of the composition of the present invention a solvent that uniformly dissolves essential components and optional components and does not react with each component is used.
- known solvents can be used, such as ethylene glycol monoalkyl ethers, ethylene glycol dialkyl ethers, ethylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetates, propylene glycol monoalkyl.
- Ethers propylene glycol dialkyl ethers, propylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetates, diethylene glycol dialkyl ethers, diethylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetates, dipropylene glycol monoalkyl ethers, dipropylene glycol dialkyl ethers, dipropylene glycol monoalkyl ether Examples include acetates, esters, ketones, amides, lactones and the like.
- Specific examples of the solvent used in the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention include the solvents described in paragraph numbers 0174 to 0178 of JP2011-221494A, and paragraph numbers 0167 to 0168 of JP2012-194290A. And the contents thereof are incorporated herein by reference.
- the solvent that can be used in the present invention is a single type or a combination of two types, more preferably a combination of two types, propylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetates or dialkyl ethers, diacetates. And diethylene glycol dialkyl ethers or esters and butylene glycol alkyl ether acetates are more preferably used in combination.
- the solvent is preferably a solvent having a boiling point of 130 ° C. or higher and lower than 160 ° C., a solvent having a boiling point of 160 ° C. or higher, or a mixture thereof.
- Solvents having a boiling point of 130 ° C. or higher and lower than 160 ° C. include propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (boiling point 146 ° C.), propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate (boiling point 158 ° C.), propylene glycol methyl-n-butyl ether (boiling point 155 ° C.), propylene glycol An example is methyl-n-propyl ether (boiling point 131 ° C.).
- Solvents having a boiling point of 160 ° C or higher include ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate (boiling point 170 ° C), diethylene glycol methyl ethyl ether (boiling point 176 ° C), propylene glycol monomethyl ether propionate (boiling point 160 ° C), dipropylene glycol methyl ether acetate.
- the content of the solvent in the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is preferably 50 to 95 parts by mass and more preferably 60 to 90 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of all components in the photosensitive resin composition. preferable.
- a sensitizer, a crosslinking agent, an alkoxysilane compound, a basic compound, a surfactant, and an antioxidant can be preferably added to the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention as necessary.
- the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention includes an acid proliferation agent, a development accelerator, a plasticizer, a thermal radical generator, a thermal acid generator, an ultraviolet absorber, a thickener, and an organic or inorganic precipitation inhibitor.
- Known additives such as can be added.
- compounds described in paragraph numbers 0201 to 0224 of JP2012-8859A can be used, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification.
- the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a sensitizer in combination with a photoacid generator in order to promote its decomposition.
- the sensitizer absorbs actinic rays or radiation and enters an electronically excited state.
- the sensitizer in an electronically excited state comes into contact with the photoacid generator, and effects such as electron transfer, energy transfer, and heat generation occur.
- a photo-acid generator raise
- Examples of preferred sensitizers include compounds belonging to the following compounds and having an absorption wavelength in any of the wavelength ranges from 350 nm to 450 nm.
- Polynuclear aromatics eg, pyrene, perylene, triphenylene, anthracene, 9,10-dibutoxyanthracene, 9,10-diethoxyanthracene, 3,7-dimethoxyanthracene, 9,10-dipropyloxyanthracene
- xanthenes Eg, fluorescein, eosin, erythrosine, rhodamine B, rose bengal
- xanthones eg, xanthone, thioxanthone, dimethylthioxanthone, diethylthioxanthone
- cyanines eg, thiacarbocyanine, oxacarbocyanine
- merocyanines For example, merocyanine, carbomerocyanine), rhodocyanines, oxonols, thiazines (eg, thionine, methylene blue, to
- polynuclear aromatics polynuclear aromatics, acridones, styryls, base styryls, and coumarins are preferable, and polynuclear aromatics are more preferable.
- polynuclear aromatics anthracene derivatives are most preferred.
- the addition amount of the sensitizer in the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is preferably 0 to 100% by mass with respect to the total solid content in the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention, preferably 0.1 to 50%. More preferably, it is more preferably 0.5 to 20% by mass. Two or more sensitizers can be used in combination.
- the photosensitive resin composition of this invention contains a crosslinking agent as needed.
- a crosslinking agent is not limited as long as a crosslinking reaction is caused by heat.
- Excluding component A For example, a compound having two or more epoxy groups or oxetanyl groups in the molecule described below, an alkoxymethyl group-containing crosslinking agent, a compound having at least one ethylenically unsaturated double bond, a blocked isocyanate compound, etc. Can be added.
- the addition amount of the crosslinking agent in the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is preferably 0.01 to 50% by mass with respect to the total solid content in the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention, preferably 0.1 to It is more preferably 30% by mass, and further preferably 0.5 to 20% by mass. By adding in this range, a cured film excellent in mechanical strength and solvent resistance can be obtained.
- a plurality of crosslinking agents may be used in combination. In that case, the content is calculated by adding all the crosslinking agents.
- JER152, JER157S70, JER157S65, JER806, JER828, JER1007 are commercially available products described in paragraph No. 0189 of JP2011-221494, etc.
- bisphenol A type epoxy resin bisphenol F type epoxy resin, phenol novolac type epoxy resin and aliphatic epoxy resin are more preferable, and bisphenol A type epoxy resin is particularly preferable.
- the compound having two or more oxetanyl groups in the molecule Aron oxetane OXT-121, OXT-221, OX-SQ, PNOX (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.) can be used.
- alkoxymethyl group-containing crosslinking agents described in paragraph numbers 0107 to 0108 of JP2012-8223A, and compounds having at least one ethylenically unsaturated double bond are also preferable. These contents can be used and are incorporated herein.
- alkoxymethyl group-containing crosslinking agent alkoxymethylated glycoluril is preferable.
- a blocked isocyanate compound can also be preferably employed as a crosslinking agent.
- the blocked isocyanate compound is not particularly limited as long as it is a compound having a blocked isocyanate group, but is preferably a compound having two or more blocked isocyanate groups in one molecule from the viewpoint of curability.
- the blocked isocyanate group in this invention is a group which can produce
- the group which reacted the blocking agent and the isocyanate group and protected the isocyanate group can illustrate preferably.
- the blocked isocyanate group is preferably a group capable of generating an isocyanate group by heat at 90 ° C. to 250 ° C.
- the skeleton of the blocked isocyanate compound is not particularly limited and may be any as long as it has two isocyanate groups in one molecule, and is aliphatic, alicyclic or aromatic.
- Polyisocyanates may be used, for example, 2,4-tolylene diisocyanate, 2,6-tolylene diisocyanate, isophorone diisocyanate, 1,6-hexamethylene diisocyanate, 1,3-trimethylene diisocyanate, 1,4-tetramethylene Diisocyanate, 2,2,4-trimethylhexamethylene diisocyanate, 2,4,4-trimethylhexamethylene diisocyanate, 1,9-nonamethylene diisocyanate, 1,10-decamethylene diisocyanate, 1,4-cyclohexane diisocyanate, 2, '-Diethyl ether diisocyanate, diphenylmethane-4,4'-diisocyanate, o-xylene diisocyanate, m-xylene diisocyanate, p-xylene diisocyanate, methylene bis (cyclohexyl isocyanate), cyclohexane-1,3
- tolylene diisocyanate (TDI), diphenylmethane diisocyanate (MDI), hexamethylene diisocyanate (HDI), and isophorone diisocyanate (IPDI) are particularly preferable.
- the matrix structure of the blocked isocyanate compound in the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention include biuret type, isocyanurate type, adduct type, and bifunctional prepolymer type.
- the blocking agent that forms the block structure of the blocked isocyanate compound include oxime compounds, lactam compounds, phenol compounds, alcohol compounds, amine compounds, active methylene compounds, pyrazole compounds, mercaptan compounds, imidazole compounds, and imide compounds. be able to.
- a blocking agent selected from oxime compounds, lactam compounds, phenol compounds, alcohol compounds, amine compounds, active methylene compounds, and pyrazole compounds is particularly preferable.
- Examples of the oxime compound include oxime and ketoxime, and specific examples include acetoxime, formaldoxime, cyclohexane oxime, methyl ethyl ketone oxime, cyclohexanone oxime, benzophenone oxime, and acetoxime.
- Examples of the lactam compound include ⁇ -caprolactam and ⁇ -butyrolactam.
- Examples of the phenol compound include phenol, naphthol, cresol, xylenol, and halogen-substituted phenol.
- Examples of the alcohol compound include methanol, ethanol, propanol, butanol, cyclohexanol, ethylene glycol monoalkyl ether, propylene glycol monoalkyl ether, and alkyl lactate.
- Examples of the amine compound include primary amines and secondary amines, which may be aromatic amines, aliphatic amines, and alicyclic amines, and examples thereof include aniline, diphenylamine, ethyleneimine, and polyethyleneimine.
- Examples of the active methylene compound include diethyl malonate, dimethyl malonate, ethyl acetoacetate, methyl acetoacetate and the like.
- Examples of the pyrazole compound include pyrazole, methylpyrazole, dimethylpyrazole and the like.
- Examples of the mercaptan compound include alkyl mercaptans and aryl mercaptans.
- the blocked isocyanate compound that can be used in the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is commercially available.
- Coronate AP Stable M Coronate 2503, 2515, 2507, 2513, 2555, Millionate MS-50 (or more, Nippon Polyurethane Industry Co., Ltd.), Takenate B-830, B-815N, B-820NSU, B-842N, B-84N, B-870N, B-874N, B-882N (above, manufactured by Mitsui Chemicals, Inc.) ), Duranate 17B-60PX, 17B-60P, TPA-B80X, TPA-B80E, MF-B60X, MF-B60B, MF-K60X, MF-K60B, E402-B80B, SBN-70D, SBB-70P, K6000 (above , Manufactured by Asahi Kasei Chemicals Corporation, Death Module B 1100, BL1265 MPA / X, BL
- the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention may contain an alkoxysilane compound.
- an alkoxysilane compound is used, the adhesion between the film formed from the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention and the substrate can be improved, or the properties of the film formed from the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention can be adjusted. Can do.
- the alkoxysilane compound that can be used in the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is a base material, for example, a silicon compound such as silicon, silicon oxide, or silicon nitride, or a metal such as gold, copper, molybdenum, titanium, or aluminum.
- the compound improves the adhesion between the insulating film and the insulating film.
- silane coupling agents include ⁇ -aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, ⁇ -aminopropyltriethoxysilane, ⁇ -glycidoxypropyltriacoxysilane, ⁇ -glycidoxypropyl dialkoxysilane, and ⁇ -methacryloxy.
- Propyltrialkoxysilane, ⁇ -methacryloxypropyl dialkoxysilane, ⁇ -chloropropyltrialkoxysilane, ⁇ -mercaptopropyltrialkoxysilane, ⁇ - (3,4-epoxycyclohexyl) ethyltrialkoxysilane, vinyltrialkoxysilane Can be mentioned.
- ⁇ -glycidoxypropyltrialkoxysilane and ⁇ -methacryloxypropyltrialkoxysilane are more preferable, ⁇ -glycidoxypropyltrialkoxysilane is more preferable, and 3-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane is more preferable. Further preferred. These can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
- R 1 is a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms having no reactive group
- R 2 is an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms or a phenyl group
- n is an integer of 1 to 3 It is. Specific examples thereof include the following compounds.
- Ph is a phenyl group.
- the alkoxysilane compound in the photosensitive resin composition of this invention is not specifically limited to these, A well-known thing can be used.
- the content of the alkoxysilane compound in the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is preferably 0.1 to 30% by mass, and preferably 0.5 to 20% by mass with respect to the total solid content in the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention. Is more preferable.
- the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention may contain a basic compound.
- the basic compound can be arbitrarily selected from those used in chemically amplified resists. Examples include aliphatic amines, aromatic amines, heterocyclic amines, quaternary ammonium hydroxides, quaternary ammonium salts of carboxylic acids, and the like. Specific examples thereof include compounds described in JP-A 2011-212494, paragraphs 0204 to 0207, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
- aliphatic amine examples include trimethylamine, diethylamine, triethylamine, di-n-propylamine, tri-n-propylamine, di-n-pentylamine, tri-n-pentylamine, diethanolamine, triethanolamine, and the like.
- examples include ethanolamine, dicyclohexylamine, and dicyclohexylmethylamine.
- aromatic amine examples include aniline, benzylamine, N, N-dimethylaniline, diphenylamine and the like.
- heterocyclic amine examples include pyridine, 2-methylpyridine, 4-methylpyridine, 2-ethylpyridine, 4-ethylpyridine, 2-phenylpyridine, 4-phenylpyridine, N-methyl-4-phenylpyridine, 4-dimethylaminopyridine, imidazole, benzimidazole, 4-methylimidazole, 2-phenylbenzimidazole, 2,4,5-triphenylimidazole, nicotine, nicotinic acid, nicotinamide, quinoline, 8-oxyquinoline, pyrazine, Pyrazole, pyridazine, purine, pyrrolidine, piperidine, piperazine, morpholine, 4-methylmorpholine, N-cyclohexyl-N ′-[2- (4-morpholinyl) ethyl] thiourea, 1,5-diazabicyclo [4.3.0 ] -5-Nonene, 1,8-di And azabicyclo
- Examples of the quaternary ammonium hydroxide include tetramethylammonium hydroxide, tetraethylammonium hydroxide, tetra-n-butylammonium hydroxide, tetra-n-hexylammonium hydroxide, and the like.
- Examples of the quaternary ammonium salt of carboxylic acid include tetramethylammonium acetate, tetramethylammonium benzoate, tetra-n-butylammonium acetate, tetra-n-butylammonium benzoate and the like.
- the basic compounds that can be used in the present invention may be used singly or in combination of two or more.
- the content of the basic compound (H) in the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is preferably 0.001 to 3% by mass with respect to the total solid content in the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention. More preferably, the content is 0.005 to 1% by mass.
- the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention may contain a surfactant.
- a surfactant any of anionic, cationic, nonionic or amphoteric can be used, but a preferred surfactant is a nonionic surfactant.
- the surfactant used in the composition of the present invention include those described in paragraph Nos. 0201 to 0205 in JP2012-88459A, and paragraphs 0185 to 0188 in JP2011-215580A. Can be used and these descriptions are incorporated herein.
- nonionic surfactants include polyoxyethylene higher alkyl ethers, polyoxyethylene higher alkyl phenyl ethers, higher fatty acid diesters of polyoxyethylene glycol, silicone-based and fluorine-based surfactants.
- KP-341, X-22-822 manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.
- Polyflow No. 99C manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.
- F Top manufactured by Mitsubishi Materials Kasei Co., Ltd.
- MegaFac manufactured by DIC Corporation
- Florard Novec FC-4430 manufactured by Sumitomo 3M Co., Ltd.
- Surflon S-242 Manufactured by AGC Seimi Chemical Co., Ltd.
- PolyFoxPF-6320 manufactured by OMNOVA
- SH-8400 Toray Dow Corning Silicone
- footgent FTX-218G manufactured by Neos
- the surfactant is measured by gel permeation chromatography using the structural unit A and the structural unit B represented by the following general formula (I-1-1) and tetrahydrofuran (THF) as a solvent.
- a preferred example is a copolymer having a polystyrene-equivalent weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 1,000 or more and 10,000 or less.
- R 401 and R 403 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
- R 402 represents a linear alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms
- R 404 represents hydrogen.
- L represents an alkylene group having 3 to 6 carbon atoms
- p and q are mass percentages representing a polymerization ratio
- p is 10 mass% to 80 mass%.
- the following numerical values are represented, q represents a numerical value of 20% to 90% by mass, r represents an integer of 1 to 18, and s represents an integer of 1 to 10.
- L is preferably a branched alkylene group represented by the following general formula (I-1-2).
- R 405 in formula (I-1-2) represents an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms in terms of compatibility and wettability with respect to the coated surface. And an alkyl group having 2 or 3 carbon atoms is more preferred.
- the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the copolymer is more preferably from 1,500 to 5,000.
- These surfactants can be used individually by 1 type or in mixture of 2 or more types.
- the addition amount of the surfactant in the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is preferably 10% by mass or less, and preferably 0.001 to 10% by mass with respect to the total solid content in the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention. More preferably, the content is 0.01 to 3% by mass.
- the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention may contain an antioxidant.
- an antioxidant a well-known antioxidant can be contained. By adding an antioxidant, there is an advantage that coloring of the cured film can be prevented, or a decrease in film thickness due to decomposition can be reduced, and heat resistant transparency is excellent.
- antioxidants include phosphorus antioxidants, amides, hydrazides, hindered amine antioxidants, sulfur antioxidants, phenol antioxidants, ascorbic acids, zinc sulfate, sugars, Examples thereof include nitrates, sulfites, thiosulfates, and hydroxylamine derivatives.
- phenol-based antioxidants amide-based antioxidants, hydrazide-based antioxidants, and sulfur-based antioxidants are particularly preferable from the viewpoint of coloring the cured film and reducing the film thickness. preferable. These may be used individually by 1 type and may mix 2 or more types. Specific examples include the compounds described in JP-A-2005-29515, paragraphs 0026 to 0031, the contents of which are incorporated herein. Preferred commercial products include ADK STAB AO-60, ADK STAB AO-80, IRGANOX 1726, IRGANOX 1035 and IRGANOX 1098.
- the content of the antioxidant is preferably 0.1 to 10% by mass, and more preferably 0.2 to 5% by mass, based on the total solid content in the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention. It is particularly preferably 0.5 to 4% by mass. By setting it within this range, sufficient transparency of the formed film can be obtained, and the sensitivity at the time of pattern formation becomes good.
- an acid proliferating agent can be used for the purpose of improving sensitivity.
- the acid proliferating agent that can be used in the present invention is a compound that can further generate an acid by an acid-catalyzed reaction to increase the acid concentration in the reaction system, and is a compound that exists stably in the absence of an acid. is there.
- Specific examples of such an acid proliferating agent include the acid proliferating agents described in paragraph numbers 0226 to 0228 of JP2011-212494A, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
- the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention can contain a development accelerator.
- a development accelerator those described in paragraphs 0171 to 0172 of JP2012-042837A can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification.
- a development accelerator may be used individually by 1 type, and can also use 2 or more types together.
- the addition amount of the development accelerator in the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is preferably 0 to 30 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total solid content of the photosensitive composition, from the viewpoint of sensitivity and residual film ratio. 1 to 20 parts by mass is more preferable, and 0.5 to 10 parts by mass is most preferable.
- thermal radical generators described in paragraphs 0120 to 0121 of JP2012-8223A, nitrogen-containing compounds and thermal acid generators described in WO2011-133604A1 can be used. Is incorporated herein by reference.
- a resin composition can be prepared by preparing a solution in which components are dissolved in a solvent in advance and then mixing them in a predetermined ratio.
- the composition solution prepared as described above can be used after being filtered using, for example, a filter having a pore diameter of 0.2 ⁇ m.
- the method for producing a cured film of the present invention preferably includes the following steps (1) to (5).
- substrate (2) removing the solvent from the applied photosensitive resin composition; (3) The process of exposing the photosensitive resin composition from which the solvent was removed with actinic rays; (4) A step of developing the exposed photosensitive resin composition with an aqueous developer; (5) A developed post-baking step for thermosetting.
- the application step (1) it is preferable to apply (preferably apply) the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention onto a substrate to form a wet film containing a solvent.
- substrate cleaning such as alkali cleaning or plasma cleaning
- the method for treating the substrate surface with hexamethyldisilazane is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a method in which the substrate is exposed to hexamethyldisilazane vapor.
- Examples of the substrate include inorganic substrates, resins, and resin composite materials.
- Examples of the inorganic substrate include glass, quartz, silicone, silicon nitride, and a composite substrate in which molybdenum, titanium, aluminum, copper, or the like is vapor-deposited on such a substrate.
- the resins include polybutylene terephthalate, polyethylene terephthalate, polyethylene naphthalate, polybutylene naphthalate, polystyrene, polycarbonate, polysulfone, polyethersulfone, polyarylate, allyl diglycol carbonate, polyamide, polyimide, polyamideimide, polyetherimide, poly Fluorine resins such as benzazole, polyphenylene sulfide, polycycloolefin, norbornene resin, polychlorotrifluoroethylene, liquid crystal polymer, acrylic resin, epoxy resin, silicone resin, ionomer resin, cyanate resin, crosslinked fumaric acid diester, cyclic polyolefin, aromatic Made of synthetic resin such as aromatic ether, maleimide-olefin, cellulose, episulfide compound And the like.
- the application method to the substrate is not particularly limited, and for example, a slit coating method, a spray method, a roll coating method, a spin coating method, a casting coating method, a slit and spin method, or the like can be used.
- the wet film thickness when applied is not particularly limited, and can be applied with a film thickness according to the application, but is usually used in the range of 0.5 to 10 ⁇ m.
- the solvent removal step (2) the solvent is removed from the applied film by vacuum (vacuum) and / or heating to form a dry coating film on the substrate.
- the heating conditions for the solvent removal step are preferably 70 to 130 ° C. and about 30 to 300 seconds. When the temperature and time are in the above ranges, the pattern adhesiveness is better and the residue tends to be further reduced.
- the substrate provided with the coating film is irradiated with an actinic ray having a predetermined pattern.
- the photoacid generator is decomposed to generate an acid.
- the acid-decomposable group contained in the coating film component is hydrolyzed to generate a carboxyl group or a phenolic hydroxyl group.
- a low-pressure mercury lamp, a high-pressure mercury lamp, an ultrahigh-pressure mercury lamp, a chemical lamp, an LED light source, an excimer laser generator, and the like can be used, i-line (365 nm), h-line (405 nm), g-line ( Actinic rays having a wavelength of 300 nm to 450 nm, such as 436 nm), can be preferably used.
- irradiation light can also be adjusted through spectral filters, such as a long wavelength cut filter, a short wavelength cut filter, and a band pass filter, as needed.
- the exposure amount is preferably 1 to 500 mj / cm 2 .
- PEB Post Exposure Bake
- the temperature for performing PEB is preferably 30 ° C. or higher and 130 ° C. or lower, more preferably 40 ° C. or higher and 110 ° C. or lower, and particularly preferably 50 ° C.
- the acid-decomposable group in the present invention has a low activation energy for acid decomposition and is easily decomposed by an acid derived from an acid generator by exposure to generate a carboxyl group or a phenolic hydroxyl group.
- a positive image can also be formed by development.
- a copolymer having a liberated carboxyl group or phenolic hydroxyl group is developed using an alkaline developer.
- a positive image is formed by removing an exposed area containing a resin composition having a carboxyl group or a phenolic hydroxyl group that is easily dissolved in an alkaline developer.
- the developer used in the development step preferably contains a basic compound.
- Examples of the basic compound include alkali metal hydroxides such as lithium hydroxide, sodium hydroxide and potassium hydroxide; alkali metal carbonates such as sodium carbonate and potassium carbonate; alkalis such as sodium bicarbonate and potassium bicarbonate Metal bicarbonates; ammonium hydroxides such as tetramethylammonium hydroxide, tetraethylammonium hydroxide and choline hydroxide; aqueous solutions such as sodium silicate and sodium metasilicate can be used.
- An aqueous solution obtained by adding an appropriate amount of a water-soluble organic solvent such as methanol or ethanol or a surfactant to the alkaline aqueous solution can also be used as a developer.
- a 0.4 to 2.5 mass% aqueous solution of tetramethylammonium hydroxide can be mentioned.
- the pH of the developer is preferably 10.0 to 14.0.
- the development time is preferably 30 to 500 seconds, and the development method may be any of a liquid piling method (paddle method), a shower method, a dipping method, and the like.
- a rinsing step can also be performed after development. In the rinsing step, the developed substrate and the development residue are removed by washing the developed substrate with pure water or the like.
- a known method can be used as the rinsing method. For example, shower rinse and dip rinse can be mentioned.
- the acid-decomposable group is thermally decomposed to generate a carboxyl group or a phenolic hydroxyl group, and then crosslinked with a crosslinkable group, a crosslinking agent or the like.
- a cured film can be formed.
- This heating is performed using a heating device such as a hot plate or an oven at a predetermined temperature, for example, 180 to 250 ° C. for a predetermined time, for example, 5 to 90 minutes on the hot plate, 30 to 120 minutes for the oven. It is preferable to By proceeding the crosslinking reaction in this way, a protective film and an interlayer insulating film that are superior in heat resistance, hardness, and the like can be formed.
- post-baking can be performed after baking at a relatively low temperature (addition of a middle baking process).
- middle baking it is preferable to post-bake at a high temperature of 200 ° C. or higher after heating at 90 to 150 ° C. for 1 to 60 minutes.
- middle baking and post-baking can be heated in three or more stages. The taper angle of the pattern can be adjusted by devising such middle baking and post baking.
- These heating methods can use well-known heating methods, such as a hotplate, oven, and an infrared heater.
- the entire surface of the patterned substrate was re-exposed with actinic rays (post-exposure), and then post-baked to generate an acid from the photoacid generator present in the unexposed portion, thereby performing a crosslinking step. It can function as a catalyst to promote, and can accelerate the curing reaction of the film.
- the preferred exposure amount in the case of including a post-exposure step preferably 100 ⁇ 3,000mJ / cm 2, particularly preferably 100 ⁇ 500mJ / cm 2.
- the cured film obtained from the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention can also be used as a dry etching resist.
- dry etching processes such as ashing, plasma etching, and ozone etching can be performed as the etching process.
- the cured film of the present invention is a cured film obtained by curing the above-described photosensitive resin composition of the present invention.
- the cured film of the present invention can be suitably used as an interlayer insulating film.
- the cured film of this invention is a cured film obtained by the formation method of the cured film of this invention mentioned above.
- the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention an interlayer insulating film having excellent insulation and high transparency even when baked at high temperatures can be obtained. Since the interlayer insulating film using the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention has high transparency and excellent cured film properties, it is useful for liquid crystal display devices and organic EL display devices.
- the liquid crystal display device of the present invention comprises the cured film of the present invention.
- the liquid crystal display device of the present invention is not particularly limited except that it has a flattening film and an interlayer insulating film formed using the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention, and known liquid crystal displays having various structures.
- An apparatus can be mentioned.
- specific examples of TFT (Thin-Film Transistor) included in the liquid crystal display device of the present invention include amorphous silicon-TFT, low-temperature polysilicon-TFT, oxide semiconductor TFT, and the like. Since the cured film of the present invention is excellent in electrical characteristics, it can be preferably used in combination with these TFTs.
- the liquid crystal driving methods that can be adopted by the liquid crystal display device of the present invention include TN (Twisted Nematic) method, VA (Virtual Alignment) method, IPS (In-Place-Switching) method, FFS (Frings Field Switching) method, OCB (Optical). Compensated Bend) method and the like.
- the cured film of the present invention can also be used in a COA (Color Filter on Array) type liquid crystal display device.
- the alignment method of the liquid crystal alignment film that the liquid crystal display device of the present invention can take include a rubbing alignment method and a photo alignment method.
- the polymer orientation may be supported by a PSA (Polymer Sustained Alignment) technique described in JP-A Nos. 2003-149647 and 2011-257734.
- the photosensitive resin composition of this invention and the cured film of this invention are not limited to the said use, It can be used for various uses.
- a protective film for the color filter in addition to the planarization film and interlayer insulating film, a protective film for the color filter, a spacer for keeping the thickness of the liquid crystal layer in the liquid crystal display device constant, a microlens provided on the color filter in the solid-state imaging device, etc.
- FIG. 1 is a conceptual cross-sectional view showing an example of an active matrix liquid crystal display device 10.
- the color liquid crystal display device 10 is a liquid crystal panel having a backlight unit 12 on the back surface, and the liquid crystal panel includes all pixels disposed between two glass substrates 14 and 15 having a polarizing film attached thereto.
- the elements of the TFT 16 corresponding to are arranged.
- Each element formed on the glass substrate is wired with an ITO transparent electrode 19 that forms a pixel electrode through a contact hole 18 formed in the cured film 17.
- an RGB color filter 22 in which a liquid crystal 20 layer and a black matrix are arranged is provided.
- the light source of the backlight is not particularly limited, and a known light source can be used.
- the liquid crystal display device can be a 3D (stereoscopic) type or a touch panel type. Further, it can be made flexible, and used as the second interlayer insulating film (48) described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2011-145686 and the interlayer insulating film (520) described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2009-258758. Can do.
- the organic EL display device of the present invention comprises the cured film of the present invention.
- the organic EL display device of the present invention is not particularly limited except that it has a flattening film and an interlayer insulating film formed using the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention, and various known structures having various structures. Examples thereof include an organic EL display device and a liquid crystal display device.
- specific examples of TFT (Thin-Film Transistor) included in the organic EL display device of the present invention include amorphous silicon-TFT, low-temperature polysilicon-TFT, oxide semiconductor TFT, and the like. Since the cured film of the present invention is excellent in electrical characteristics, it can be preferably used in combination with these TFTs.
- FIG. 2 is a conceptual diagram of an example of an organic EL display device.
- a schematic cross-sectional view of a substrate in a bottom emission type organic EL display device is shown, and a planarizing film 4 is provided.
- a bottom gate type TFT 1 is formed on a glass substrate 6, and an insulating film 3 made of Si 3 N 4 is formed so as to cover the TFT 1.
- a contact hole (not shown) is formed in the insulating film 3, and then a wiring 2 (height: 1.0 ⁇ m) connected to the TFT 1 through the contact hole is formed on the insulating film 3.
- the wiring 2 is for connecting the TFT 1 with an organic EL element formed between the TFTs 1 or in a later process.
- the flattening layer 4 is formed on the insulating film 3 in a state where the unevenness due to the wiring 2 is embedded.
- a bottom emission type organic EL element is formed on the planarizing film 4. That is, the first electrode 5 made of ITO is formed on the planarizing film 4 so as to be connected to the wiring 2 through the contact hole 7.
- the first electrode 5 corresponds to the anode of the organic EL element.
- An insulating film 8 having a shape covering the periphery of the first electrode 5 is formed. By providing the insulating film 8, a short circuit between the first electrode 5 and the second electrode formed in the subsequent process is prevented. can do. Further, although not shown in FIG.
- a hole transport layer, an organic light emitting layer, and an electron transport layer are sequentially deposited through a desired pattern mask, and then a second layer made of Al is formed on the entire surface above the substrate.
- An active matrix organic material in which two electrodes are formed and sealed by bonding using a sealing glass plate and an ultraviolet curable epoxy resin, and each organic EL element is connected to a TFT 1 for driving it.
- An EL display device is obtained.
- a resist pattern formed using the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention as a structural member of a MEMS device can be used as a partition wall or mechanically driven. Used as part of the part.
- MEMS devices include parts such as SAW filters, BAW filters, gyro sensors, display micro shutters, image sensors, electronic paper, inkjet heads, biochips, sealants, and the like. More specific examples are exemplified in JP-T-2007-522531, JP-A-2008-250200, JP-A-2009-263544, and the like.
- the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is excellent in flatness and transparency, for example, the bank layer (16) and the planarization film (57) described in FIG. 2 of JP-A-2011-107476, JP-A-2010-
- a chemical film (12), a pixel isolation insulating film (14), and the like can also be used to form a chemical film (12), a pixel isolation insulating film (14), and the like.
- spacers for maintaining the thickness of the liquid crystal layer in a liquid crystal display device imaging optical systems for on-chip color filters such as facsimiles, electronic copying machines, solid-state image sensors, and micro lenses for optical fiber connectors are also used. It can be used suitably.
- V-601 Dimethyl 2,2′-azobis (2-methylpropionate) (manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.)
- V-65 2,2′-azobis (2,4-dimethylvaleronitrile) (manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.)
- MEDG diethylene glycol ethyl methyl ether
- Hisolv EDM manufactured by Toho Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.
- PGMEA propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate
- ANON cyclohexanone
- Lactone (1) 2-oxooxolan-3-yl methacrylate
- Lactone (2) 5-oxooxolan-3-yl methacrylate
- Lactone (3) 6-cyano-5-oxo-4-oxatricyclo [4.2.1.03.7] nonan-2-yl methacrylate
- Lactone (4) condensed ring lactone monomer A ⁇ Fused Ring Lactone Monomer A (Synthesis of Lactone (4)> Synthesis was performed according to the method (Synthesis Example 1) described in paragraphs 0256 to 0259 of JP-A-2006-146143.
- Lactone (5) 5,5-dimethyl-2-oxooxolan-3-yl methacrylate
- B-1 Compound having the following structure
- B-2 Compound having the following structure
- B-3 Compound having the following structure
- B-4 IRGACURE PAG-103
- B-7 Compound having the following structure
- the post-reaction was stirred at 70 ° C. for 4 hours to obtain a polymer A-1.
- a polymer solution having a solid concentration of 40% by mass was prepared.
- the solid content concentration was monomer mass / (monomer mass + solvent mass) ⁇ 100 (unit mass%).
- A′-1 was obtained by stirring the post reaction at 70 ° C. for 4 hours.
- ⁇ Adjustment of photosensitive resin composition Polymers, photoacid generators, sensitizers, basic compounds, crosslinking agents, antioxidants, alkoxysilane compounds, surfactants, and other components so that the solid content ratios shown in Tables 8 to 12 below are obtained. It melt
- the exposed photosensitive resin composition layer was developed with an alkali developer (2.38% tetramethylammonium hydroxide aqueous solution) at 23 ° C./60 seconds, and then rinsed with ultrapure water for 20 seconds.
- the sensitivity was the optimum i-line exposure (Eopt) when resolving a 10 ⁇ m hole by these operations.
- HMDS hexamethyldisilazane
- each photosensitive resin composition is spin-coated on the substrate, and then pre-baked on a hot plate at 90 ° C. for 120 seconds to volatilize the solvent.
- a photosensitive resin composition layer having a thickness of 3.0 ⁇ m was formed.
- exposure was performed using an ultra-high pressure mercury lamp so that the integrated irradiation amount was 300 mJ / cm 2 (energy intensity: 20 mW / cm 2 , i-line), and the substrate was heated in an oven at 230 ° C./30 minutes.
- the film thickness (T1) of the obtained cured film was measured.
- Each photosensitive resin composition was spin-coated on a bare wafer substrate (N-type low resistance) (manufactured by SUMCO), then pre-baked on a hot plate at 90 ° C. for 120 seconds to volatilize the solvent, and the film thickness was 3.0 ⁇ m.
- a photosensitive resin composition layer was formed. Subsequently, exposure was performed using an ultra-high pressure mercury lamp so that the integrated irradiation amount was 300 mJ / cm 2 (energy intensity: 20 mW / cm 2 , i-line), and the substrate was heated in an oven at 230 ° C./30 minutes.
- the relative dielectric constant was measured at a measurement frequency of 1 MHz using CVmap92A (made by Four Dimensions Inc.).
- the composition of the present invention contains (a) at least one structural unit having a lactone structure in the polymer component (A), or includes the structural unit (a4). And (a1) containing at least one polymer having no structural unit having a structural unit having an acid group protected by an acid-decomposable group and (a2) a crosslinkable group, thereby increasing the sensitivity. It was found that the chemical resistance can be improved and the relative dielectric constant can be lowered while maintaining.
- Example 127 was performed in the same manner as in Example 16 except that the exposure machine was changed from MPA 5500CF manufactured by Canon Inc. to FX-803M (gh-Line stepper) manufactured by Nikon Corporation. The evaluation of sensitivity was the same level as in Example 1.
- Example 128 was performed in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the exposure machine was changed from MPA 5500CF manufactured by Canon Inc. to a 355 nm laser exposure machine and 355 nm laser exposure was performed.
- the 355 nm laser exposure machine “AEGIS” manufactured by Buoy Technology Co., Ltd. was used (wavelength 355 nm, pulse width 6 nsec), and the exposure amount was measured using “PE10B-V2” manufactured by OPHIR.
- the evaluation of sensitivity was the same level as in Example 1.
- a cured film 17 was formed as an interlayer insulating film as follows, and a liquid crystal display device of Example 55 was obtained. That is, using the photosensitive resin composition of Example 1, a cured film 17 was formed as an interlayer insulating film. That is, as a pretreatment for improving the wettability between the substrate and the interlayer insulating film 17 in paragraph 58 of Japanese Patent No. 3321003, the substrate is exposed to hexamethyldisilazane (HMDS) vapor for 30 seconds, and then the photosensitive film of Example 1 is used.
- HMDS hexamethyldisilazane
- the photosensitive resin composition After spin-coating the photosensitive resin composition, it was pre-baked on a hot plate at 90 ° C. for 2 minutes to volatilize the solvent, thereby forming a photosensitive resin composition layer having a thickness of 3 ⁇ m.
- the obtained photosensitive resin composition layer was exposed to 80 mJ / cm 2 through a mask having a hole pattern of 10 ⁇ m ⁇ using MPA 5500CF (high pressure mercury lamp) manufactured by Canon Inc.
- the exposed photosensitive resin composition layer was subjected to paddle development at 23 ° C./60 seconds with an alkaline developer (2.38% tetramethylammonium hydroxide aqueous solution), and then rinsed with ultrapure water for 20 seconds.
- the whole surface was exposed using an ultra-high pressure mercury lamp so that the integrated irradiation amount was 300 mJ / cm 2 (energy intensity: 20 mW / cm 2 , i-line), and then the substrate was heated in an oven at 230 ° C. for 30 minutes.
- a cured film was obtained.
- the applicability when applying the photosensitive resin composition was good, and no wrinkles or cracks were observed in the cured film obtained after exposure, development, and baking.
- liquid crystal display device When a driving voltage was applied to the obtained liquid crystal display device, it was found that the liquid crystal display device showed good display characteristics and high reliability.
- Example 130 A liquid crystal display device similar to that of Example 129 was obtained by changing only the following process. That is, even when the photosensitive resin composition of Example 1 was applied without the hexamethyldisilazane (HMDS) treatment, which is a pretreatment of the substrate, the resulting cured film was good with no chipping or peeling off of the pattern. It was a state. Further, the performance as a liquid crystal display device was good as in Example 129. This is presumably because the composition of the present invention has excellent adhesion to the substrate. From the viewpoint of improving productivity, it is also preferable to omit the substrate pretreatment step.
- HMDS hexamethyldisilazane
- Example 131 A liquid crystal display device similar to that of Example 129 was obtained by changing only the following process. That is, even if a vacuum drying step (VCD) was introduced after pre-baking, the obtained cured film was in a good state with no pattern chipping or peeling. Further, the performance as a liquid crystal display device was good as in Example 129. It is also preferable to introduce a reduced-pressure drying step from the viewpoint of suppressing coating unevenness according to the solid content concentration and the film thickness of the composition.
- VCD vacuum drying step
- Example 132 A liquid crystal display device similar to that of Example 129 was obtained by changing only the following process. That is, even if the PEB process was introduced between the development process and the mask exposure, the obtained cured film was in a good state with no pattern chipping or peeling. Further, the performance as a liquid crystal display device was good as in Example 129. From the viewpoint of improving dimensional stability, it is also preferable to introduce a PEB process.
- Example 133 A liquid crystal display device similar to that of Example 129 was obtained by changing only the following process. That is, even when the alkaline developer is changed from a 2.38% tetramethylammonium hydroxide aqueous solution to a 0.4% tetramethylammonium hydroxide aqueous solution, the resulting cured film is good in that there is no pattern chipping or peeling. It was a state. Further, the performance as a liquid crystal display device was good as in Example 129. This is presumably because the composition of the present invention has excellent adhesion to the substrate.
- Example 134 A liquid crystal display device similar to that of Example 129 was obtained by changing only the following process. That is, even when the alkali development method was changed from paddle development to shower development, the obtained cured film was in a good state with no pattern chipping or peeling. Further, the performance as a liquid crystal display device was good as in Example 129. This is presumably because the composition of the present invention has excellent adhesion to the substrate.
- Example 135 A liquid crystal display device similar to that of Example 129 was obtained by changing only the following process. That is, even when the alkaline developer was changed from a 2.38% tetramethylammonium hydroxide aqueous solution to a 0.04% KOH aqueous solution, the resulting cured film was in a good state with no pattern chipping or peeling. It was. Further, the performance as a liquid crystal display device was good as in Example 129. This is presumably because the composition of the present invention has excellent adhesion to the substrate.
- Example 136 A liquid crystal display device similar to that of Example 129 was obtained by changing only the following process. That is, the entire surface exposure step after development and rinsing was omitted, and the cured film was obtained by heating in an oven at 230 ° C. for 30 minutes. The performance of the obtained liquid crystal display device was as good as in Example 129. This seems to be because the composition of the present invention is excellent in chemical resistance. From the viewpoint of improving productivity, it is also preferable to omit the entire exposure process.
- Example 137 A liquid crystal display device similar to that of Example 129 was obtained by changing only the following process. That is, a step of heating on a hot plate at 100 ° C. for 3 minutes was added between the entire surface exposure step and the 230 ° C./30 minute heating step in the oven. The performance of the obtained liquid crystal display device was as good as in Example 129. It is also preferable to add this process from the viewpoint of adjusting the shape of the hole pattern.
- Example 138 A liquid crystal display device similar to that of Example 129 was obtained by changing only the following process. That is, a process of heating on a hot plate at 100 ° C. for 3 minutes was added between the development / rinse process and the entire surface exposure process. The performance of the obtained liquid crystal display device was as good as in Example 129. It is also preferable to add this process from the viewpoint of adjusting the shape of the hole pattern.
- An organic EL display device using TFT was produced by the following method (see FIG. 2).
- a bottom gate type TFT 1 was formed on a glass substrate 6, and an insulating film 3 made of Si 3 N 4 was formed so as to cover the TFT 1.
- a contact hole (not shown) is formed in the insulating film 3, and then a wiring 2 (height 1.0 ⁇ m) connected to the TFT 1 through the contact hole is formed on the insulating film 3. .
- the wiring 2 is used to connect the TFT 1 to the organic EL element formed between the TFTs 1 or in a later process.
- the planarizing film 4 was formed on the insulating film 3 in a state where the unevenness due to the wiring 2 was embedded.
- the planarizing film 4 is formed on the insulating film 3 by spin-coating the photosensitive resin composition of Example 1 on a substrate, pre-baking (90 ° C./120 seconds) on a hot plate, and then applying high pressure from above the mask. After irradiating 80 mJ / cm 2 (energy intensity 20 mW / cm 2 ) with i-line (365 nm) using a mercury lamp, a pattern is formed by developing with an alkaline aqueous solution (2.38% TMAH aqueous solution).
- the entire surface was exposed so that the integrated irradiation amount was 300 mJ / cm 2 (energy intensity: 20 mW / cm 2 , i-line), and heat treatment was performed at 230 ° C./30 minutes.
- the applicability when applying the photosensitive resin composition was good, and no wrinkles or cracks were observed in the cured film obtained after exposure, development and baking.
- the average step of the wiring 2 was 500 nm, and the thickness of the prepared planarizing film 4 was 2,000 nm.
- a bottom emission type organic EL element was formed on the obtained flattening film 4.
- a first electrode 5 made of ITO was formed on the planarizing film 4 so as to be connected to the wiring 2 through the contact hole 7.
- a resist was applied, prebaked, exposed through a mask having a desired pattern, and developed.
- pattern processing was performed by wet etching using an ITO etchant.
- the resist pattern was stripped at 50 ° C. using a resist stripper (remover 100, manufactured by AZ Electronic Materials).
- the first electrode 5 thus obtained corresponds to the anode of the organic EL element.
- an insulating film 8 having a shape covering the periphery of the first electrode 5 was formed.
- the photosensitive resin composition of Example 1 was used, and the insulating film 8 was formed by the same method as described above. By providing this insulating film 8, it is possible to prevent a short circuit between the first electrode 5 and the second electrode formed in the subsequent process.
- a hole transport layer, an organic light emitting layer, and an electron transport layer were sequentially deposited through a desired pattern mask in a vacuum deposition apparatus.
- a second electrode made of Al was formed on the entire surface above the substrate.
- substrate was taken out from the vapor deposition machine, and it sealed by bonding together using the glass plate for sealing, and an ultraviolet curable epoxy resin.
- TFT TFT
- 2 wiring
- 3 insulating film
- 4 planarization film
- 5 first electrode
- 6 glass substrate
- 7 contact hole
- 8 insulating film
- 10 liquid crystal display device
- 12 backlight Units 14
- 15 glass substrate
- 16 TFT
- 17 cured film
- 18 contact hole
- 19 ITO transparent electrode
- 20 liquid crystal
- 22 color filter
Landscapes
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- Materials For Photolithography (AREA)
- Addition Polymer Or Copolymer, Post-Treatments, Or Chemical Modifications (AREA)
- Liquid Crystal (AREA)
- Electroluminescent Light Sources (AREA)
Abstract
Description
さらに詳しくは、液晶表示装置、有機EL(有機エレクトロルミネッセンス)表示装置、集積回路素子、固体撮像素子などの電子部品の平坦化膜、保護膜や層間絶縁膜の形成に好適な、感光性樹脂組成物及びそれを用いた硬化膜の製造方法に関する。 The present invention relates to a photosensitive resin composition (hereinafter sometimes simply referred to as “the composition of the present invention”). The present invention also relates to a method for producing a cured film using the photosensitive resin composition, a cured film obtained by curing the photosensitive composition, and various image display apparatuses using the cured film.
More specifically, a photosensitive resin composition suitable for forming a flattening film, a protective film and an interlayer insulating film of an electronic component such as a liquid crystal display device, an organic EL (organic electroluminescence) display device, an integrated circuit element, and a solid-state imaging device. The present invention relates to a product and a method for producing a cured film using the product.
本願発明者が検討した結果、酸基が酸分解性基で保護された基と架橋性基を組成物中に有する感光性樹脂組成物において、感度を従来より高めるためには感光性樹脂組成物中に配合する酸分解性基や酸基の割合を増やすことが考えられるが、この場合耐薬品性が下がってしまうことが分かった。また、耐薬品性を補うために架橋基の割合を高くすると、比誘電率が高くなりすぎてしまうことが分かった。
本願発明は、かかる課題を解決することを目的としたものであって、高い感度を維持しつつ、耐薬品性を良好にし、かつ比誘電率をより低くすることができる感光性樹脂組成物を提供することを目的とする。 In recent years, there has been a demand for a photosensitive resin composition capable of improving chemical resistance and lowering the relative dielectric constant while maintaining high sensitivity.
As a result of examination by the inventors of the present application, a photosensitive resin composition having a group in which an acid group is protected by an acid-decomposable group and a crosslinkable group is included in the composition in order to increase the sensitivity compared to the prior art. Although it is conceivable to increase the ratio of acid-decomposable groups and acid groups incorporated therein, it has been found that the chemical resistance is lowered in this case. It was also found that the relative dielectric constant becomes too high when the proportion of the crosslinking group is increased in order to supplement the chemical resistance.
The present invention is intended to solve such problems, and a photosensitive resin composition capable of improving chemical resistance and lowering the relative dielectric constant while maintaining high sensitivity. The purpose is to provide.
この理由は推定であるが、感光性樹脂組成物中に、酸基が酸分解性基で保護された基を有する構成単位及び架橋性基を有する構成単位とともに、ラクトン構造を有する構成単位を配合することによって、高い感度を維持しながら現像性を有する基に起因する耐薬品性の低下を抑制することができ、その結果、耐薬品性を良好にし、かつ、比誘電率もより低くできるものと考えられる。
具体的には、以下の解決手段<1>により、好ましくは、<2>~<15>により、上記課題は解決された。
<1>(A)下記(1)及び(2)の少なくとも一方を満たす重合体を含む重合体成分、
(1)(a1)酸基が酸分解性基で保護された基を有する構成単位、及び(a2)架橋性基を有する構成単位を有する重合体、又は
(2)前記構成単位(a1)を有する重合体及び前記構成単位(a2)を有する重合体、
(B)光酸発生剤、
(C)溶剤を含有し、
前記(A)重合体成分中に、(a4)ラクトン構造を有する構成単位が少なくとも1種含まれているか、
(3)前記構成単位(a4)を含み、かつ、前記構成単位(a1)及び前記構成単位(a2)を含まない重合体を少なくとも1種含む感光性樹脂組成物。
<2>前記ラクトン構造を有する構成単位が下記一般式(1)で表される基を含む、<1>に記載の感光性樹脂組成物。
一般式(1)
<3>前記ラクトン構造を有する構成単位(a4)が、以下の一般式(2)で表される<1>又は<2>に記載の感光性樹脂組成物。
一般式(2)
<4>前記ラクトン構造を有する構成単位(a4)が、以下の一般式(3)で表される<1>~<3>のいずれかに記載の感光性樹脂組成物。
一般式(3)
<5>前記ラクトン構造が5員環又は6員環を形成するラクトン構造である、<1>~<4>のいずれかに記載の感光性樹脂組成物。
<6>前記構成単位(a1)が、カルボキシ基がアセタールの形で保護された基を有する構成単位である、<1>~<5>のいずれかに記載の感光性樹脂組成物。
<7>前記構成単位(a1)が、下記一般式(1-11)で表される構成単位である、<1>~<6>のいずれかに記載の感光性樹脂組成物。
一般式(1-11)
<8>前記架橋性基が、エポキシ基、オキセタニル基及び-NH-CH2-OR(Rは水素原子又は炭素数1~20のアルキル基)から選ばれる少なくとも1種である、<1>~<7>のいずれかに記載の感光性樹脂組成物。
<9>前記(B)光酸発生剤が、オキシムスルホネート化合物又はオニウム塩化合物である、<1>~<9>のいずれかに記載の感光性樹脂組成物。
<10>前記ラクトン構造を有する構成単位(a4)が、以下の一般式(4)~(7)で表される<1>~<9>のいずれかに記載の感光性樹脂組成物。
一般式(4) 一般式(5) 一般式(6) 一般式(7)
一般式(4)
(2)塗布された感光性樹脂組成物から溶剤を除去する工程、
(3)溶剤が除去された感光性樹脂組成物を活性光線により露光する工程、
(4)露光された感光性樹脂組成物を水性現像液で現像する工程、及び、
(5)現像された感光性樹脂組成物を熱硬化するポストベーク工程、
を含む硬化膜の製造方法。
<13><1>~<11>のいずれかに記載の感光性樹脂組成物を硬化してなる硬化膜、又は、<12>に記載の硬化膜の製造方法により形成された硬化膜。
<14>層間絶縁膜である、<13>に記載の硬化膜。
<15><13>又は<14>に記載の硬化膜を有する、液晶表示装置又は有機EL表示装置。 As a result of the study by the present inventors under such circumstances, the photosensitive resin composition has a structural unit having a group in which an acid group is protected by an acid-decomposable group, a structural unit having a crosslinkable group, and a lactone structure. It has been found that the chemical resistance can be improved and the relative dielectric constant can be lowered by blending the structural unit having the formula. Furthermore, the inventors have found that high sensitivity can be maintained, and have completed the present invention.
The reason for this is presumed, but in the photosensitive resin composition, a structural unit having a lactone structure is combined with a structural unit having a group in which an acid group is protected by an acid-decomposable group and a structural unit having a crosslinkable group. By suppressing the deterioration of chemical resistance caused by the group having developability while maintaining high sensitivity, the chemical resistance can be improved and the relative dielectric constant can be lowered as a result. it is conceivable that.
Specifically, the above problem has been solved by the following means <1>, preferably <2> to <15>.
<1> (A) a polymer component containing a polymer that satisfies at least one of the following (1) and (2):
(1) (a1) a structural unit having a group in which an acid group is protected by an acid-decomposable group, and (a2) a polymer having a structural unit having a crosslinkable group, or (2) the structural unit (a1). And a polymer having the structural unit (a2),
(B) a photoacid generator,
(C) contains a solvent,
In the (A) polymer component, (a4) at least one structural unit having a lactone structure is contained,
(3) A photosensitive resin composition comprising at least one polymer containing the structural unit (a4) and not containing the structural unit (a1) and the structural unit (a2).
<2> The photosensitive resin composition according to <1>, wherein the structural unit having the lactone structure includes a group represented by the following general formula (1).
General formula (1)
<3> The photosensitive resin composition according to <1> or <2>, wherein the structural unit (a4) having the lactone structure is represented by the following general formula (2).
General formula (2)
<4> The photosensitive resin composition according to any one of <1> to <3>, wherein the structural unit (a4) having the lactone structure is represented by the following general formula (3).
General formula (3)
<5> The photosensitive resin composition according to any one of <1> to <4>, wherein the lactone structure is a lactone structure forming a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring.
<6> The photosensitive resin composition according to any one of <1> to <5>, wherein the structural unit (a1) is a structural unit having a group in which a carboxy group is protected in the form of an acetal.
<7> The photosensitive resin composition according to any one of <1> to <6>, wherein the structural unit (a1) is a structural unit represented by the following general formula (1-11).
Formula (1-11)
<8> The crosslinkable group is at least one selected from an epoxy group, an oxetanyl group, and —NH—CH 2 —OR (where R is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms), <7> The photosensitive resin composition according to any one of the above.
<9> The photosensitive resin composition according to any one of <1> to <9>, wherein the (B) photoacid generator is an oxime sulfonate compound or an onium salt compound.
<10> The photosensitive resin composition according to any one of <1> to <9>, wherein the structural unit (a4) having the lactone structure is represented by the following general formulas (4) to (7).
General formula (4) General formula (5) General formula (6) General formula (7)
General formula (4)
(2) a step of removing the solvent from the applied photosensitive resin composition;
(3) A step of exposing the photosensitive resin composition from which the solvent has been removed with actinic rays,
(4) developing the exposed photosensitive resin composition with an aqueous developer, and
(5) a post-baking step of thermosetting the developed photosensitive resin composition;
The manufacturing method of the cured film containing this.
<13> A cured film obtained by curing the photosensitive resin composition according to any one of <1> to <11>, or a cured film formed by the method for producing a cured film according to <12>.
<14> The cured film according to <13>, which is an interlayer insulating film.
<15> A liquid crystal display device or an organic EL display device having the cured film according to <13> or <14>.
なお、本明細書における基(原子団)の表記において、置換及び無置換を記していない表記は、置換基を有さないものと共に置換基を有するものをも包含するものである。例えば「アルキル基」とは、置換基を有さないアルキル基(無置換アルキル基)のみならず、置換基を有するアルキル基(置換アルキル基)をも包含するものである。 Hereinafter, the contents of the present invention will be described in detail. The description of the constituent elements described below may be made based on typical embodiments of the present invention, but the present invention is not limited to such embodiments. In the present specification, “to” is used to mean that the numerical values described before and after it are included as a lower limit value and an upper limit value.
In addition, in the description of group (atomic group) in this specification, the description which does not describe substitution and non-substitution includes what has a substituent with what does not have a substituent. For example, the “alkyl group” includes not only an alkyl group having no substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group).
(A)下記(1)及び(2)の少なくとも一方を満たす重合体を含む重合体成分、
(1)(a1)酸基が酸分解性基で保護された基を有する構成単位、及び(a2)架橋性基を有する構成単位を有する重合体、又は
(2)前記構成単位(a1)を有する重合体及び前記構成単位(a2)を有する重合体、
(B)光酸発生剤、
(C)溶剤を含有し、
前記(A)重合体成分中に、(a4)ラクトン構造を有する構成単位が少なくとも1種含まれているか、
(3)前記構成単位(a4)を含み、かつ、前記構成単位(a1)及び前記構成単位(a2)を含まない重合体を少なくとも1種含む。
本発明によれば、高い感度を維持しつつ、耐薬品性を良好にし、かつ比誘電率をより低くすることができる感光性樹脂組成物を提供することができる。 The composition of the present invention comprises:
(A) a polymer component containing a polymer that satisfies at least one of the following (1) and (2):
(1) (a1) a structural unit having a group in which an acid group is protected by an acid-decomposable group, and (a2) a polymer having a structural unit having a crosslinkable group, or (2) the structural unit (a1). And a polymer having the structural unit (a2),
(B) a photoacid generator,
(C) contains a solvent,
In the (A) polymer component, (a4) at least one structural unit having a lactone structure is contained,
(3) At least one polymer containing the structural unit (a4) and not including the structural unit (a1) and the structural unit (a2) is included.
ADVANTAGE OF THE INVENTION According to this invention, the photosensitive resin composition which can make chemical resistance favorable and can make a dielectric constant lower can be provided, maintaining a high sensitivity.
(1):(A)重合体成分が、(a1)酸基が酸分解性基で保護された基を有する構成単位、(a2)架橋性基を有する構成単位及び(a4)ラクトン構造を有する構成単位が少なくとも1種を有する重合体(以下、重合体(A2)ともいう)を1種以上含む。
(2):(A)重合体成分が、(a1)酸基が酸分解性基で保護された基を有する構成単位及び(a2)架橋性基を有する構成単位を含む重合体(以下、重合体(A2a)ともいう)と、(a4)ラクトン構造を有する構成単位を含み、かつ、(a1)酸基が酸分解性基で保護された基を有する構成単位及び(a2)架橋性基を有する構成単位を含まない重合体(以下、重合体(A2b)ともいう)を含む。
(3):(A)重合体成分が、(a1)酸基が酸分解性基で保護された基を有する構成単位及び(a4)ラクトン構造を有する構成単位を含む重合体(以下、重合体(A2c)ともいう)と、(a2)架橋性基を有する構成単位を含む重合体(以下、重合体(A2d)ともいう)を含む。
(4):(A)重合体成分が、(a1)酸基が酸分解性基で保護された基を有する構成単位を含む重合体(以下、重合体(A2e)ともいう)と、(a2)架橋性基を有する構成単位及び(a4)ラクトン構造を有する構成単位を含む重合体(以下、重合体(A2f)ともいう)を含む。
(5):(A)重合体成分が、(a1)酸基が酸分解性基で保護された基を有する構成単位を含む重合体(以下、重合体(A2g)ともいう)と、(a2)架橋性基を有する構成単位を含む重合体(以下、重合体(A2h)ともいう)と、(a4)ラクトン構造を有する構成単位を含む重合体(以下、重合体(A2i)ともいう)を含む。 Here, as the form in which (A4) the polymer component contains (a4) at least one structural unit having a lactone structure, the following (1) to (5) may be mentioned.
(1): (A) The polymer component has (a1) a structural unit having an acid group protected by an acid-decomposable group, (a2) a structural unit having a crosslinkable group, and (a4) a lactone structure. 1 or more types of polymers (henceforth a polymer (A2)) which have at least 1 type of structural units are included.
(2): (A) a polymer component comprising (a1) a structural unit containing a structural unit having an acid group protected by an acid-decomposable group and (a2) a structural unit having a crosslinkable group (hereinafter referred to as heavy polymer). (A2)), (a4) a structural unit having a lactone structure, and (a1) a structural unit having a group in which an acid group is protected by an acid-decomposable group, and (a2) a crosslinkable group A polymer containing no structural unit (hereinafter also referred to as polymer (A2b)).
(3): (A) a polymer component comprising (a1) a structural unit having an acid group protected by an acid-decomposable group and (a4) a structural unit having a lactone structure (hereinafter referred to as polymer) (Also referred to as (A2c)) and (a2) a polymer containing a structural unit having a crosslinkable group (hereinafter also referred to as polymer (A2d)).
(4): (A) The polymer component comprises (a1) a polymer containing a structural unit having an acid group protected by an acid-decomposable group (hereinafter also referred to as polymer (A2e)), and (a2 And a polymer containing a structural unit having a crosslinkable group and (a4) a structural unit having a lactone structure (hereinafter also referred to as polymer (A2f)).
(5): (A) a polymer component comprising (a1) a polymer containing a structural unit having an acid group protected by an acid-decomposable group (hereinafter also referred to as polymer (A2g)), and (a2 ) A polymer containing a structural unit having a crosslinkable group (hereinafter also referred to as polymer (A2h)) and (a4) a polymer containing a structural unit having a lactone structure (hereinafter also referred to as polymer (A2i)). Including.
(A)重合体成分は、付加重合型の樹脂であることが好ましく、(メタ)アクリル酸及び/又はそのエステルに由来する構成単位を含む重合体であることがより好ましい。なお、(メタ)アクリル酸及び/又はそのエステルに由来する構成単位以外の構成単位、例えば、スチレンに由来する構成単位や、ビニル化合物に由来する構成単位等を有していてもよい。なお、「(メタ)アクリル酸及び/又はそのエステルに由来する構成単位」を「(メタ)アクリル系構成単位」ともいう。(A)重合体成分は、本発明の組成物の溶剤を除く成分の主成分となるものであり、全固形分の60質量%以上を占めることが好ましい。 <(A) Polymer component>
The (A) polymer component is preferably an addition polymerization type resin, and more preferably a polymer containing a structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid and / or an ester thereof. In addition, you may have structural units other than the structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid and / or its ester, for example, the structural unit derived from styrene, the structural unit derived from a vinyl compound, etc. The “structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid and / or its ester” is also referred to as “(meth) acrylic structural unit”. (A) A polymer component becomes a main component of the component except the solvent of the composition of this invention, and it is preferable to occupy 60 mass% or more of a total solid.
(A)重合体成分は、酸基が酸分解性基で保護された基を有する構成単位(a1)を少なくとも有する。(A)重合体成分が構成単位(a1)を有することにより、極めて高感度な感光性樹脂組成物とすることができる。
本発明における「酸基が酸分解性基で保護された基」は、酸基及び酸分解性基として公知のものを使用でき、特に限定されない。
具体的な酸基としては、カルボキシル基、及び、フェノール性水酸基が好ましく挙げられる。
また、具体的な酸分解性基としては、酸により比較的分解し易い基(例えば、後述するエステル構造、テトラヒドロピラニルエステル基、又は、テトラヒドロフラニルエステル基等のアセタール系官能基)や、酸により比較的分解し難い基(例えば、tert-ブチルエステル基等の第三級アルキル基、tert-ブチルカーボネート基等の第三級アルキルカーボネート基)を用いることができる。 << (a1) Structural unit having a group in which an acid group is protected with an acid-decomposable group >>
(A) The polymer component has at least a structural unit (a1) having a group in which an acid group is protected with an acid-decomposable group. (A) When a polymer component has a structural unit (a1), it can be set as the highly sensitive photosensitive resin composition.
As the “group in which the acid group is protected with an acid-decomposable group” in the present invention, those known as an acid group and an acid-decomposable group can be used, and are not particularly limited.
Specific examples of the acid group preferably include a carboxyl group and a phenolic hydroxyl group.
Specific acid-decomposable groups include groups that are relatively easily decomposed by an acid (for example, an acetal functional group such as an ester structure, a tetrahydropyranyl ester group, or a tetrahydrofuranyl ester group described later) or an acid. A group that is relatively difficult to decompose (for example, a tertiary alkyl group such as a tert-butyl ester group or a tertiary alkyl carbonate group such as a tert-butyl carbonate group) can be used.
以下、酸分解性基で保護された保護カルボキシル基を有する構成単位(a1-1)と、酸分解性基で保護された保護フェノール性水酸基を有する構成単位(a1-2)について、順にそれぞれ説明する。 The structural unit (a1) is preferably a structural unit having a protected carboxyl group protected with an acid-decomposable group or a structural unit having a protected phenolic hydroxyl group protected with an acid-decomposable group.
Hereinafter, the structural unit (a1-1) having a protected carboxyl group protected with an acid-decomposable group and the structural unit (a1-2) having a protected phenolic hydroxyl group protected with an acid-decomposable group will be described in order. To do.
構成単位(a1-1)は、カルボキシル基を有する構成単位のカルボキシル基が、以下で詳細に説明する酸分解性基によって保護された保護カルボキシル基を有する構成単位である。
上記構成単位(a1-1)に用いることができる上記カルボキシル基を有する構成単位としては、特に制限はなく公知の構成単位を用いることができる。例えば、不飽和モノカルボン酸、不飽和ジカルボン酸、不飽和トリカルボン酸などの、分子中に少なくとも1個のカルボキシル基を有する不飽和カルボン酸等に由来する構成単位(a1-1-1)が挙げられる。
以下、上記カルボキシル基を有する構成単位として用いられる、構成単位(a1-1-1)について説明する。 <<< (a1-1) Structural Unit Having a Protected Carboxyl Group Protected with an Acid-Decomposable Group >>>
The structural unit (a1-1) is a structural unit having a protected carboxyl group in which the carboxyl group of the structural unit having a carboxyl group is protected by an acid-decomposable group described in detail below.
The structural unit having a carboxyl group that can be used for the structural unit (a1-1) is not particularly limited, and a known structural unit can be used. Examples thereof include a structural unit (a1-1-1) derived from an unsaturated carboxylic acid having at least one carboxyl group in the molecule, such as an unsaturated monocarboxylic acid, unsaturated dicarboxylic acid, or unsaturated tricarboxylic acid. It is done.
Hereinafter, the structural unit (a1-1-1) used as the structural unit having a carboxyl group will be described.
本発明で用いられる不飽和カルボン酸としては、以下に挙げるようなものが用いられる。
すなわち、不飽和モノカルボン酸としては、例えば、アクリル酸、メタクリル酸、クロトン酸、α-クロロアクリル酸、けい皮酸、2-(メタ)アクリロイロキシエチル-コハク酸、2-(メタ)アクリロイロキシエチルヘキサヒドロフタル酸、2-(メタ)アクリロイロキシエチル-フタル酸、などが挙げられる。
また、不飽和ジカルボン酸としては、例えば、マレイン酸、フマル酸、イタコン酸、シトラコン酸、メサコン酸などが挙げられる。
また、カルボキシル基を有する構成単位を得るために用いられる不飽和多価カルボン酸は、その酸無水物であってもよい。具体的には、無水マレイン酸、無水イタコン酸、無水シトラコン酸などが挙げられる。また、不飽和多価カルボン酸は、多価カルボン酸のモノ(2-メタクリロイロキシアルキル)エステルであってもよく、例えば、コハク酸モノ(2-アクリロイロキシエチル)、コハク酸モノ(2-メタクリロイロキシエチル)、フタル酸モノ(2-アクリロイロキシエチル)、フタル酸モノ(2-メタクリロイロキシエチル)などが挙げられる。さらに、不飽和多価カルボン酸は、その両末端ジカルボキシポリマーのモノ(メタ)アクリレートであってもよく、例えば、ω-カルボキシポリカプロラクトンモノアクリレート、ω-カルボキシポリカプロラクトンモノメタクリレートなどが挙げられる。また、不飽和カルボン酸としては、アクリル酸-2-カルボキシエチルエステル、メタクリル酸-2-カルボキシエチルエステル、マレイン酸モノアルキルエステル、フマル酸モノアルキルエステル、4-カルボキシスチレン等も用いることができる。
中でも、現像性の観点から、前記構成単位(a1-1-1)を形成するためには、アクリル酸、メタクリル酸、2-(メタ)アクリロイロキシエチル-コハク酸、2-(メタ)アクリロイロキシエチルヘキサヒドロフタル酸、2-(メタ)アクリロイロキシエチル-フタル酸、又は不飽和多価カルボン酸の無水物等を用いることが好ましく、アクリル酸、メタクリル酸、2-(メタ)アクリロイロキシエチルヘキサヒドロフタル酸、を用いることがより好ましい。
構成単位(a1-1-1)は、1種単独で構成されていてもよいし、2種以上で構成されていてもよい。 <<<<< (a1-1-1) Structural Unit Derived from Unsaturated Carboxylic Acid etc. Having at least One Carboxyl Group in the Molecule >>>>
Examples of the unsaturated carboxylic acid used in the present invention include those listed below.
That is, examples of the unsaturated monocarboxylic acid include acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, crotonic acid, α-chloroacrylic acid, cinnamic acid, 2- (meth) acryloyloxyethyl-succinic acid, 2- (meth) acrylic acid. And leuoxyethyl hexahydrophthalic acid, 2- (meth) acryloyloxyethyl-phthalic acid, and the like.
Examples of the unsaturated dicarboxylic acid include maleic acid, fumaric acid, itaconic acid, citraconic acid, and mesaconic acid.
Moreover, the acid anhydride may be sufficient as unsaturated polyhydric carboxylic acid used in order to obtain the structural unit which has a carboxyl group. Specific examples include maleic anhydride, itaconic anhydride, citraconic anhydride, and the like. Further, the unsaturated polyvalent carboxylic acid may be a mono (2-methacryloyloxyalkyl) ester of a polyvalent carboxylic acid, such as succinic acid mono (2-acryloyloxyethyl), succinic acid mono (2 -Methacryloyloxyethyl), mono (2-acryloyloxyethyl) phthalate, mono (2-methacryloyloxyethyl) phthalate and the like. Further, the unsaturated polyvalent carboxylic acid may be a mono (meth) acrylate of a dicarboxy polymer at both ends, and examples thereof include ω-carboxypolycaprolactone monoacrylate and ω-carboxypolycaprolactone monomethacrylate. As the unsaturated carboxylic acid, acrylic acid-2-carboxyethyl ester, methacrylic acid-2-carboxyethyl ester, maleic acid monoalkyl ester, fumaric acid monoalkyl ester, 4-carboxystyrene and the like can also be used.
Among them, from the viewpoint of developability, in order to form the structural unit (a1-1-1), acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, 2- (meth) acryloyloxyethyl-succinic acid, 2- (meth) acrylic acid are used. It is preferable to use leuoxyethylhexahydrophthalic acid, 2- (meth) acryloyloxyethyl-phthalic acid, or an anhydride of an unsaturated polycarboxylic acid, such as acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, 2- (meth) acrylic acid. It is more preferable to use leuoxyethyl hexahydrophthalic acid.
The structural unit (a1-1-1) may be composed of one type alone, or may be composed of two or more types.
構成単位(a1-1)に用いることができる前記酸分解性基としては、上述の酸分解性基を用いることができる。
これらの酸分解性基の中でも、酸分解性基がアセタールの形で保護された構造を有する基であることが好ましい。例えば、カルボキシル基がアセタールの形で保護された保護カルボキシル基であることが、感光性樹脂組成物の基本物性、特に感度やパターン形状、コンタクトホールの形成性、感光性樹脂組成物の保存安定性の観点から好ましい。さらに、カルボキシル基が下記一般式(a1-10)で表されるアセタールの形で保護された保護カルボキシル基であることが、感度の観点からより好ましい。なお、カルボキシル基が下記一般式(a1-10)で表されるアセタールの形で保護された保護カルボキシル基である場合、保護カルボキシル基の全体としては、-(C=O)-O-CR101R102(OR103)の構造となっている。 <<<< acid-decomposable group that can be used for the structural unit (a1-1) >>>>
As the acid-decomposable group that can be used for the structural unit (a1-1), the acid-decomposable groups described above can be used.
Among these acid-decomposable groups, an acid-decomposable group is preferably a group having a structure protected in the form of an acetal. For example, the protected carboxyl group in which the carboxyl group is protected in the form of an acetal means that the basic physical properties of the photosensitive resin composition, in particular the sensitivity and pattern shape, the formation of contact holes, and the storage stability of the photosensitive resin composition From the viewpoint of Furthermore, it is more preferable from the viewpoint of sensitivity that the carboxyl group is a protected carboxyl group protected in the form of an acetal represented by the following general formula (a1-10). When the carboxyl group is a protected carboxyl group protected in the form of an acetal represented by the following general formula (a1-10), the entire protected carboxyl group is — (C═O) —O—CR 101 The structure is R 102 (OR 103 ).
上記直鎖状又は分岐鎖状のアルキル基としては、炭素数1~12であることが好ましく、炭素数1~6であることがより好ましく、炭素数1~4であることがさらに好ましい。具体的には、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、i-プロピル基、n-ブチル基、i-ブチル基、sec-ブチル基、tert-ブチル基、n-ペンチル基、ネオペンチル基、n-ヘキシル基、テキシル基(2,3-ジメチル-2-ブチル基)、n-ヘプチル基、n-オクチル基、2-エチルヘキシル基、n-ノニル基、n-デシル基等を挙げることができる。
上記環状アルキル基としては、炭素数3~12であることが好ましく、炭素数4~8であることがより好ましく、炭素数4~6であることがさらに好ましい。上記環状アルキル基としては、例えばシクロプロピル基、シクロブチル基、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、シクロヘプチル基、シクロオクチル基、ノルボルニル基、イソボルニル基等を挙げることができる。 In the general formula (a1-10), R 101 to R 103 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group. The alkyl group may be linear, branched or cyclic. Here, both R 101 and R 102 do not represent a hydrogen atom, and at least one of R 101 and R 102 represents an alkyl group.
The linear or branched alkyl group preferably has 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 1 to 4 carbon atoms. Specifically, methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, i-propyl group, n-butyl group, i-butyl group, sec-butyl group, tert-butyl group, n-pentyl group, neopentyl group, n Examples include -hexyl group, texyl group (2,3-dimethyl-2-butyl group), n-heptyl group, n-octyl group, 2-ethylhexyl group, n-nonyl group, n-decyl group and the like.
The cyclic alkyl group preferably has 3 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 4 to 8 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 4 to 6 carbon atoms. Examples of the cyclic alkyl group include a cyclopropyl group, a cyclobutyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a cycloheptyl group, a cyclooctyl group, a norbornyl group, and an isobornyl group.
上記ハロゲン原子としては、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、ヨウ素原子が例示され、これらの中でもフッ素原子又は塩素原子が好ましい。
また、上記アリール基としては、炭素数6~20のアリール基が好ましく、より好ましくは炭素数6~12であり、具体的には、フェニル基、α-メチルフェニル基、ナフチル基等が例示でき、アリール基で置換されたアルキル基全体、すなわち、アラルキル基としては、ベンジル基、α-メチルベンジル基、フェネチル基、ナフチルメチル基等が例示できる。
上記アルコキシ基としては、炭素数1~6のアルコキシ基が好ましく、より好ましくは炭素数1~4であり、メトキシ基又はエトキシ基がより好ましい。
また、上記アルキル基がシクロアルキル基である場合、上記シクロアルキル基は、置換基として炭素数1~10の直鎖状又は分岐鎖状のアルキル基を有していてもよく、アルキル基が直鎖状又は分岐鎖状のアルキル基である場合には、置換基として炭素数3~12のシクロアルキル基を有していてもよい。
これらの置換基は、上記置換基でさらに置換されていてもよい。 The alkyl group may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, an aryl group, and an alkoxy group. When it has a halogen atom as a substituent, R 101 , R 102 and R 103 become a haloalkyl group, and when it has an aryl group as a substituent, R 101 , R 102 and R 103 become an aralkyl group.
Examples of the halogen atom include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom, and among these, a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom is preferable.
The aryl group is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms, and specific examples thereof include a phenyl group, an α-methylphenyl group, and a naphthyl group. Examples of the entire alkyl group substituted with an aryl group, ie, an aralkyl group, include a benzyl group, an α-methylbenzyl group, a phenethyl group, and a naphthylmethyl group.
The alkoxy group is preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and more preferably a methoxy group or an ethoxy group.
In addition, when the alkyl group is a cycloalkyl group, the cycloalkyl group may have a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms as a substituent, and the alkyl group is straight. When the alkyl group is a chain or branched chain, it may have a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 12 carbon atoms as a substituent.
These substituents may be further substituted with the above substituents.
なお、上記一般式(a1-10)において、R101及びR102のいずれか一方が、水素原子又はメチル基であることが好ましい。 R 101 , R 102 and R 103 can be bonded together to form a ring together with the carbon atom to which they are bonded. Examples of the ring structure when R 101 and R 102 , R 101 and R 103 or R 102 and R 103 are bonded include, for example, a cyclobutyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a cycloheptyl group, a tetrahydrofuranyl group, an adamantyl group, and a tetrahydropyrani group. And the like.
In the above general formula (A1-10), one of R 101 and R 102 is preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
R1及びR2がアルキル基の場合、炭素数は1~10のアルキル基が好ましい。R1及びR2がアリール基の場合、フェニル基が好ましい。R1及びR2は、それぞれ、水素原子又は炭素数1~4のアルキル基が好ましい。
R3は、アルキル基又はアリール基を表し、炭素数1~10のアルキル基が好ましく、1~6のアルキル基がより好ましい。
Xは単結合又はアリーレン基を表し、単結合が好ましい。 A first preferred embodiment of the structural unit (a1-1) is a structural unit represented by the following general formula (1-11).
When R 1 and R 2 are alkyl groups, alkyl groups having 1 to 10 carbon atoms are preferred. When R 1 and R 2 are aryl groups, a phenyl group is preferred. R 1 and R 2 are each preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
R 3 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group, preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
X represents a single bond or an arylene group, and a single bond is preferable.
一般式(1-12)
R121は水素原子又はメチル基が好ましい。
L1はカルボニル基が好ましい。
R122~R128は、水素原子が好ましい。 A second preferred embodiment of the structural unit (a1-1) is a structural unit represented by the following general formula (1-12).
Formula (1-12)
R 121 is preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
L 1 is preferably a carbonyl group.
R 122 to R 128 are preferably hydrogen atoms.
構成単位(a1-2)は、フェノール性水酸基を有する構成単位が、以下で詳細に説明する酸分解性基によって保護された保護フェノール性水酸基を有する構成単位(a1-2-1)である。 <<< (a1-2) Structural unit having a protected phenolic hydroxyl group protected with an acid-decomposable group >>>
The structural unit (a1-2) is a structural unit (a1-2-1) having a protected phenolic hydroxyl group in which the structural unit having a phenolic hydroxyl group is protected by an acid-decomposable group described in detail below.
上記フェノール性水酸基を有する構成単位としては、ヒドロキシスチレン系構成単位やノボラック系の樹脂における構成単位が挙げられるが、これらの中では、ヒドロキシスチレン、又はα-メチルヒドロキシスチレンに由来する構成単位が、感度の観点から好ましい。またフェノール性水酸基を有する構成単位として、下記一般式(a1-20)で表される構成単位も、感度の観点から好ましい。 <<<<< (a1-2-1) Structural Unit Having Phenolic Hydroxyl Group >>>>
Examples of the structural unit having a phenolic hydroxyl group include a hydroxystyrene structural unit and a structural unit in a novolac resin. Among these, a structural unit derived from hydroxystyrene or α-methylhydroxystyrene includes: It is preferable from the viewpoint of sensitivity. As the structural unit having a phenolic hydroxyl group, a structural unit represented by the following general formula (a1-20) is also preferable from the viewpoint of sensitivity.
また、R221は単結合又は二価の連結基を示す。単結合である場合には、感度を向上させることができ、さらに硬化膜の透明性を向上させることができるので好ましい。R221の二価の連結基としてはアルキレン基が例示でき、R221がアルキレン基である具体例としては、メチレン基、エチレン基、プロピレン基、イソプロピレン基、n-ブチレン基、イソブチレン基、tert-ブチレン基、ペンチレン基、イソペンチレン基、ネオペンチレン基、ヘキシレン基等が挙げられる。中でも、R221が単結合、メチレン基、エチレン基であることが好ましい。また、上記二価の連結基は、置換基を有していてもよく、置換基としては、ハロゲン原子、水酸基、アルコキシ基等が挙げられる。また、aは1~5の整数を表すが、本発明の効果の観点や、製造が容易であるという点から、aは1又は2であることが好ましく、aが1であることがより好ましい。
また、ベンゼン環における水酸基の結合位置は、R221と結合している炭素原子を基準(1位)としたとき、4位に結合していることが好ましい。
R222はハロゲン原子又は炭素数1~5の直鎖又は分岐鎖状のアルキル基である。具体的には、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、イソブチル基、tert-ブチル基、ペンチル基、イソペンチル基、ネオペンチル基等が挙げられる。中でも製造が容易であるという点から、塩素原子、臭素原子、メチル基又はエチル基であることが好ましい。
また、bは0又は1~4の整数を表す。 In general formula (a1-20), R 220 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and is preferably a methyl group.
R 221 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. A single bond is preferable because the sensitivity can be improved and the transparency of the cured film can be improved. The divalent linking group of R 221 may be exemplified alkylene groups, specific examples R 221 is an alkylene group, a methylene group, an ethylene group, a propylene group, isopropylene group, n- butylene group, isobutylene group, tert -Butylene group, pentylene group, isopentylene group, neopentylene group, hexylene group and the like. Among these, it is preferable that R 221 is a single bond, a methylene group, or an ethylene group. The divalent linking group may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, and an alkoxy group. A represents an integer of 1 to 5, but a is preferably 1 or 2 and more preferably 1 from the viewpoint of the effects of the present invention and the ease of production. .
Further, the bonding position of the hydroxyl group in the benzene ring is preferably bonded to the 4-position when the carbon atom bonded to R 221 is defined as the reference (first position).
R 222 is a halogen atom or a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms. Specifically, fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom, methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, isobutyl group, tert-butyl group, pentyl group, isopentyl group, neopentyl group, etc. It is done. Among these, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, a methyl group, or an ethyl group is preferable from the viewpoint of easy production.
B represents 0 or an integer of 1 to 4;
上記構成単位(a1-2)に用いることができる上記酸分解性基としては、上記構成単位(a1-1)に用いることができる酸分解性基と同様に、公知のものを使用でき、特に限定されない。酸分解性基の中でもアセタールで保護された保護フェノール性水酸基を有する構成単位であることが、感光性樹脂組成物の基本物性、特に感度やパターン形状、感光性樹脂組成物の保存安定性、コンタクトホールの形成性の観点から好ましい。さらに、酸分解性基の中でも、フェノール性水酸基が上記一般式(a1-10)で表されるアセタールの形で保護された保護フェノール性水酸基であることが、感度の観点からより好ましい。なお、フェノール性水酸基が上記一般式(a1-10)で表されるアセタールの形で保護された保護フェノール性水酸基である場合、保護フェノール性水酸基の全体としては、-Ar-O-CR101R102(OR103)の構造となっている。なお、Arはアリーレン基を表す。
フェノール性水酸基のアセタールエステル構造の好ましい例は、R101=R102=R103=メチル基やR101=R102=メチル基でR103=ベンジル基の組み合わせが例示できる。
また、フェノール性水酸基がアセタールの形で保護された保護フェノール性水酸基を有する構成単位を形成するために用いられるラジカル重合性単量体としては、例えば、特開2011-215590号公報の段落番号0042に記載のものなどが挙げられる。
これらの中でも、4-ヒドロキシフェニルメタクリレートの1-アルコキシアルキル保護体、4-ヒドロキシフェニルメタクリレートのテトラヒドロピラニル保護体が透明性の観点から好ましい。 <<<< acid-decomposable group that can be used for the structural unit (a1-2) >>>>
As the acid-decomposable group that can be used for the structural unit (a1-2), as with the acid-decomposable group that can be used for the structural unit (a1-1), known ones can be used. It is not limited. Among the acid-decomposable groups, a structural unit having a protected phenolic hydroxyl group protected with acetal is a basic physical property of the photosensitive resin composition, particularly sensitivity and pattern shape, storage stability of the photosensitive resin composition, contact This is preferable from the viewpoint of hole formability. Furthermore, among the acid-decomposable groups, it is more preferable from the viewpoint of sensitivity that the phenolic hydroxyl group is a protected phenolic hydroxyl group protected in the form of an acetal represented by the above general formula (a1-10). When the phenolic hydroxyl group is a protected phenolic hydroxyl group protected in the form of an acetal represented by the general formula (a1-10), the protected phenolic hydroxyl group as a whole is —Ar—O—CR 101 R The structure is 102 (OR 103 ). Ar represents an arylene group.
Preferable examples of the acetal ester structure of the phenolic hydroxyl group include a combination of R 101 = R 102 = R 103 = methyl group, R 101 = R 102 = methyl group and R 103 = benzyl group.
Examples of the radical polymerizable monomer used for forming a structural unit having a protected phenolic hydroxyl group in which the phenolic hydroxyl group is protected in the form of an acetal include paragraph number 0042 of JP2011-215590A. And the like.
Among these, a 1-alkoxyalkyl protector of 4-hydroxyphenyl methacrylate and a tetrahydropyranyl protector of 4-hydroxyphenyl methacrylate are preferable from the viewpoint of transparency.
(A)重合体成分は、架橋性基を有する構成単位(a2)を有する。上記架橋性基は、加熱処理で硬化反応を起こす基であれば特に限定はされない。
好ましい架橋性基を有する構成単位の態様としては、エポキシ基、オキセタニル基、-NH-CH2-O-R(Rは水素原子又は炭素数1~20のアルキル基)で表される基及びエチレン性不飽和基よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1つを含む構成単位が挙げられ、エポキシ基、オキセタニル基、及び、-NH-CH2-O-R(Rは水素原子又は炭素数1~20のアルキル基)で表される基から選ばれる少なくとも1種であることが好ましい。その中でも、本発明の感光性樹脂組成物は、上記(A-1)重合体成分が、エポキシ基及びオキセタニル基のうち少なくとも1つを含む構成単位を含むことが好ましく、エポキシ基を含む構成単位を含むことがより好ましい。より詳細には、以下のものが挙げられる。 << (a2) Structural Unit Having Crosslinkable Group >>
(A) The polymer component has a structural unit (a2) having a crosslinkable group. The crosslinkable group is not particularly limited as long as it is a group that causes a curing reaction by heat treatment.
Preferred embodiments of the structural unit having a crosslinkable group include an epoxy group, an oxetanyl group, a group represented by —NH—CH 2 —O—R (R is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms) and ethylene. And a structural unit containing at least one selected from the group consisting of an unsaturated group, an epoxy group, an oxetanyl group, and —NH—CH 2 —O—R (where R is a hydrogen atom or a carbon number of 1 to 20). The alkyl group is preferably at least one selected from the group represented by Among them, in the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention, the (A-1) polymer component preferably includes a structural unit including at least one of an epoxy group and an oxetanyl group, and includes a structural unit including an epoxy group. It is more preferable to contain. In more detail, the following are mentioned.
上記(A)重合体成分は、エポキシ基及び/又はオキセタニル基を有する構成単位(以下、構成単位(a2-1)ともいう。)を含有することが好ましい。
上記構成単位(a2-1)は、1つの構成単位中にエポキシ基又はオキセタニル基を少なくとも1つ有していればよく、1つ以上のエポキシ基及び1つ以上オキセタニル基、2つ以上のエポキシ基、又は、2つ以上のオキセタニル基を有していてもよく、特に限定されないが、エポキシ基及び/又はオキセタニル基を合計1~3つ有することが好ましく、エポキシ基及び/又はオキセタニル基を合計1又は2つ有することがより好ましく、エポキシ基又はオキセタニル基を1つ有することがさらに好ましい。 <<< (a2-1) Structural Unit Having Epoxy Group and / or Oxetanyl Group >>>
The (A) polymer component preferably contains a structural unit having an epoxy group and / or an oxetanyl group (hereinafter also referred to as a structural unit (a2-1)).
The structural unit (a2-1) may have at least one epoxy group or oxetanyl group in one structural unit, and includes one or more epoxy groups, one or more oxetanyl groups, and two or more epoxy groups. Group, or may have two or more oxetanyl groups, and is not particularly limited, but preferably has a total of 1 to 3 epoxy groups and / or oxetanyl groups, and a total of epoxy groups and / or oxetanyl groups It is more preferable to have one or two, and it is even more preferable to have one epoxy group or one oxetanyl group.
オキセタニル基を有する構成単位を形成するために用いられるラジカル重合性単量体の具体例としては、例えば、特開2001-330953号公報の段落番号0011~0016に記載のオキセタニル基を有する(メタ)アクリル酸エステルや、特開2012-088459公報の段落番号0027に記載されている化合物などが挙げられ、これらの内容は本願明細書に組み込まれる。
上記エポキシ基及び/又はオキセタニル基を有する構成単位(a1-2-1)を形成するために用いられるラジカル重合性単量体の具体例としては、メタクリル酸エステル構造を含有するモノマー、アクリル酸エステル構造を含有するモノマーであることが好ましい。 Specific examples of the radical polymerizable monomer used for forming the structural unit having an epoxy group include, for example, glycidyl acrylate, glycidyl methacrylate, glycidyl α-ethyl acrylate, and glycidyl α-n-propyl acrylate. Glycidyl α-n-butyl acrylate, 3,4-epoxybutyl acrylate, 3,4-epoxybutyl methacrylate, 3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl acrylate, 3,4-epoxycyclohexyl methacrylate Methyl, α-ethylacrylic acid-3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl, o-vinylbenzyl glycidyl ether, m-vinylbenzyl glycidyl ether, p-vinylbenzyl glycidyl ether, described in paragraph Nos. 0031 to 0035 of Japanese Patent No. 4168443 Alicyclic And compounds containing epoxy backbone can be cited, the contents of which are hereby incorporated herein.
Specific examples of the radical polymerizable monomer used for forming the structural unit having an oxetanyl group include (meth) having an oxetanyl group described in paragraph Nos. 0011 to 0016 of JP-A No. 2001-330953, for example. Examples thereof include acrylate esters and compounds described in paragraph No. 0027 of JP2012-088459A, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
Specific examples of the radical polymerizable monomer used for forming the structural unit (a1-2-1) having the epoxy group and / or oxetanyl group include a monomer having a methacrylate structure and an acrylate ester. A monomer containing a structure is preferred.
上記架橋性基を有する構成単位(a2)の1つとして、エチレン性不飽和基を有する構成単位(a2-2)が挙げられる。上記構成単位(a2-2)としては、側鎖にエチレン性不飽和基を有する構成単位が好ましく、末端にエチレン性不飽和基を有し、炭素数3~16の側鎖を有する構成単位がより好ましい。
その他、構成単位(a2-2)については、特開2011-215580号公報の段落番号0072~0090の記載及び特開2008-256974の段落番号0013~0031に記載の化合物等が好ましいものとして挙げられ、これらの内容は本願明細書に組み込まれる。 <<< (a2-2) Structural unit having an ethylenically unsaturated group >>>
As one of the structural unit (a2) having a crosslinkable group, there may be mentioned the structural unit (a2-2) having an ethylenically unsaturated group. The structural unit (a2-2) is preferably a structural unit having an ethylenically unsaturated group in the side chain, and a structural unit having an ethylenically unsaturated group at the terminal and having a side chain having 3 to 16 carbon atoms. More preferred.
In addition, with respect to the structural unit (a2-2), compounds described in paragraph numbers 0072 to 0090 of JP2011-215580A and paragraph numbers 0013 to 0031 of JP2008-256974A are preferable examples. The contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
本発明で用いる(A)重合体成分は、-NH-CH2-O-R(Rは水素原子又は炭素数1~20のアルキル基)で表される基を有する構成単位(a2-3)も好ましい。構成単位(a2-3)を有することで、緩やかな加熱処理で硬化反応を起こすことができ、諸特性に優れた硬化膜を得ることができる。ここで、Rは炭素数1~9のアルキル基が好ましく、炭素数1~4のアルキル基がより好ましい。また、アルキル基は、直鎖、分岐又は環状のアルキル基のいずれであってもよいが、好ましくは、直鎖又は分岐のアルキル基である。構成単位(a2-3)は、より好ましくは、下記一般式(a2-30)で表される基を有する構成単位である。
一般式(a2-30)
R2は、炭素数1~9のアルキル基が好ましく、炭素数1~4のアルキル基がさらに好ましい。また、アルキル基は、直鎖、分岐又は環状のアルキル基のいずれであってもよいが、好ましくは、直鎖又は分岐のアルキル基である。
R2の具体例としては、メチル基、エチル基、n-ブチル基、i-ブチル基、シクロヘキシル基、及びn-ヘキシル基を挙げることができる。中でもi-ブチル基、n-ブチル基、メチル基が好ましい。 <<< structural unit having a group represented by (a2-3) -NH—CH 2 —O—R (R is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms) >>
The polymer component (A) used in the present invention is a structural unit (a2-3) having a group represented by —NH—CH 2 —O—R (R is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms). Is also preferable. By having the structural unit (a2-3), a curing reaction can be caused by a mild heat treatment, and a cured film having excellent characteristics can be obtained. Here, R is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 9 carbon atoms, and more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. The alkyl group may be a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group, but is preferably a linear or branched alkyl group. The structural unit (a2-3) is more preferably a structural unit having a group represented by the following general formula (a2-30).
Formula (a2-30)
R 2 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 9 carbon atoms, and more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. The alkyl group may be a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group, but is preferably a linear or branched alkyl group.
Specific examples of R 2 include a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-butyl group, an i-butyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and an n-hexyl group. Of these, i-butyl, n-butyl and methyl are preferred.
本発明の組成物は、(A)重合体成分中に、(a4)ラクトン構造を有する構成単位が少なくとも1種含まれているか、前記構成単位(a4)を含み、かつ、前記構成単位(a1)及び前記構成単位(a2)を含まない重合体を少なくとも1種含む。
本発明の組成物中に、(a4)ラクトン構造を有する構成単位を配合することによって、高い感度を維持しつつ、耐薬品性を良好にし、かつ比誘電率をより低くすることができる感光性樹脂組成物を提供することができる。 << (a4) Structural Unit Having Lactone Structure >>
In the composition of the present invention, (A) the polymer component contains (a4) at least one structural unit having a lactone structure, or the structural unit (a4), and the structural unit (a1). And at least one polymer not containing the structural unit (a2).
By blending (a4) a structural unit having a lactone structure into the composition of the present invention, photosensitivity that can improve chemical resistance and lower the relative dielectric constant while maintaining high sensitivity. A resin composition can be provided.
また、本発明で用いられるラクトン構造を有する構成単位としては、5~7員環を形成するラクトン構造に、ラクトン構造に他の環構造が縮環して多環構造を形成していてもよいが、ラクトン構造に他の環構造が縮環していないことが好ましい。5~7員環を形成するラクトン構造に、他の環構造が縮環していている場合、ビシクロ構造又はスピロ構造を形成する形で他の環構造が縮環していていることが好ましい。他の環構造としては、炭素数3~20の環状の炭化水素基、炭素数3~20のヘテロ環基等が挙げられる。ヘテロ環基としては、特に限定されないが、環を構成する原子のうち1つ以上がヘテロ原子があるもの又は芳香族ヘテロ環基が挙げられる。また、ヘテロ環基としては、5員環又は6員環が好ましく、5員環が特に好ましい。具体的には、ヘテロ環基は、酸素原子を少なくとも一つ含有するものが好ましく、例えば、オキソラン環、オキサン環、ジオキサン環等が挙げられる。
ラクトン構造を有する構成単位において、ラクトン構造に他の環構造が縮環して多環構造を形成している場合、ラクトン構造に縮環している他の環構造の数は1~5が好ましく、1~3がより好ましい。 The lactone structure in the structural unit having a lactone structure is not particularly limited, and any lactone structure can be used. In particular, the lactone structure used in the present invention is preferably a lactone structure that forms a 5- to 7-membered ring, and more preferably a lactone structure that forms a 5-membered or 6-membered ring.
In addition, as the structural unit having a lactone structure used in the present invention, a lactone structure forming a 5- to 7-membered ring may be condensed with another ring structure on the lactone structure to form a polycyclic structure. However, it is preferable that other ring structures are not condensed to the lactone structure. When the lactone structure forming a 5- to 7-membered ring is condensed with another ring structure, the other ring structure is preferably condensed so as to form a bicyclo structure or a spiro structure. Examples of other ring structures include a cyclic hydrocarbon group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, a heterocyclic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, and the like. The heterocyclic group is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include those having one or more heteroatoms out of the atoms constituting the ring or aromatic heterocyclic groups. Moreover, as a heterocyclic group, a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring is preferable, and a 5-membered ring is especially preferable. Specifically, the heterocyclic group preferably contains at least one oxygen atom, and examples thereof include an oxolane ring, an oxane ring, and a dioxane ring.
In the structural unit having a lactone structure, when another ring structure is condensed to the lactone structure to form a polycyclic structure, the number of other ring structures condensed to the lactone structure is preferably 1 to 5 1 to 3 are more preferable.
アルキル基としては、直鎖状の炭素数1~6のアルキル基、分岐状の炭素数3~6のアルキル基又は環状の炭素数3~6のアルキル基が好ましく、直鎖状の炭素数1~3のアルキル基がより好ましい。
ラクトン構造が置換基を有する場合、置換基の数は、特に限定されないが、1~4が好ましく、1又は2がより好ましい。本発明で用いられるラクトン構造が複数の置換基を有する場合、複数の置換基は、互いに同一でも異なっていてもよい。また、ラクトン構造に他の環構造が縮環していている場合、この他の環構造が置換基を有していてもよい。 The lactone structure used in the present invention may or may not have a substituent, but preferably does not have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include, but are not limited to, for example, an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 7 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxycarbonyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, Examples include a carboxyl group, a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, and an acid-decomposable group. More preferred are an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms and a cyano group.
As the alkyl group, a linear alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a branched alkyl group having 3 to 6 carbon atoms, or a cyclic alkyl group having 3 to 6 carbon atoms is preferable. More preferred are ˜3 alkyl groups.
When the lactone structure has a substituent, the number of substituents is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 to 4, and more preferably 1 or 2. When the lactone structure used in the present invention has a plurality of substituents, the plurality of substituents may be the same as or different from each other. Further, when another ring structure is condensed to the lactone structure, this other ring structure may have a substituent.
一般式(1)
一般式(1)中、RA1は置換基を表し、n1個のRA1はそれぞれ独立しており、同一でも異なっていてもよい。RA1は、上述したラクトン構造が有していてもよい置換基と同義であり、好ましい範囲も同様である。
一般式(1)中、Z1は-O-C(=O)-を含む単環又は多環構造を表し、単環構造を表すことが好ましい。Z1が単環構造を表す場合、単環構造としては、5~7員環を形成するラクトン構造が好ましく、5員環又は6員環を形成するラクトン構造がより好ましい。Z1が多環構造を表す場合、多環構造としては、ラクトン構造に、ビシクロ構造又はスピロ構造を形成する形で他の環構造が縮環していることが好ましい。他の環構造としては、上述した他の環構造と同義であり、好ましい範囲も同様である。
一般式(1)中、n1は0以上の整数を表し、0~4の整数が好ましく、0~2の整数が好ましく、0がさらに好ましい。n1が2以上の整数を表す場合、複数存在する置換基は、互いに同一でも異なっていてもよい。また、複数存在する置換基は、互いに結合して環を形成してもよいが、互いに結合して環を形成していないことが好ましい。 The structural unit having a lactone structure used in the present invention preferably contains a group represented by the following general formula (1).
General formula (1)
In general formula (1), R A1 represents a substituent, and n1 R A1 s are independent and may be the same or different. R A1 has the same meaning as the substituent that the above-mentioned lactone structure may have, and the preferred range is also the same.
In the general formula (1), Z 1 represents a monocyclic or polycyclic structure containing —O—C (═O) —, and preferably represents a monocyclic structure. When Z 1 represents a monocyclic structure, the monocyclic structure is preferably a lactone structure that forms a 5- to 7-membered ring, and more preferably a lactone structure that forms a 5-membered or 6-membered ring. When Z 1 represents a polycyclic structure, the polycyclic structure preferably has a condensed lactone structure with another cyclic structure forming a bicyclo structure or a spiro structure. Other ring structures are synonymous with the other ring structures described above, and preferred ranges are also the same.
In general formula (1), n1 represents an integer of 0 or more, preferably an integer of 0 to 4, preferably an integer of 0 to 2, and more preferably 0. When n1 represents an integer of 2 or more, a plurality of substituents may be the same as or different from each other. A plurality of substituents may be bonded to each other to form a ring, but it is preferable that they are not bonded to each other to form a ring.
一般式(2)
一般式(2)中、RX1は水素原子又はアルキル基を表す。アルキル基としては、直鎖状又は分岐状の炭素数1~3のアルキル基が好ましく、メチル基がより好ましい。アルキル基は、置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、ヒドロキシル基又はハロゲン原子(特にフッ素原子)が好ましい。
一般式(2)中、RA2は置換基を表し、n2個のRA2はそれぞれ独立しており、同一でも異なっていてもよい。RA2は、上述したラクトン構造が有していてもよい置換基と同義であり、好ましい範囲も同様である。
一般式(2)中、A1は単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。2価の連結基としては、直鎖状、分岐鎖状又は環状のアルキレン基、アリーレン基、-O-、-COO-、-S-、-NR”-、-CO-、-NR”CO-、-SO2-等の二価の基、又はこれらの基の組み合わせからなるものが挙げられる。ここで、R”は、水素原子又は炭素数1~4のアルキル基を表し、水素原子が好ましい。二価の連結基としては、-O-、-COO-、-S-、-NH-及び-CO-の少なくとも1つ、又は、これらの基と、-(CH2)m-(mは1~10の整数、好ましくは1~6の整数、より好ましくは1~4の整数)との組み合わせからなる基が好ましい。
一般式(2)中、Z2は-O-C(=O)-で表される基を含む単環又は多環構造を表し、一般式(1)中のZ1と同義であり、好ましい範囲も同様である。
一般式(2)中、n2は0以上の整数を表し、一般式(1)中のn1と同義であり、好ましい範囲も同様である。 The structural unit (a4) is preferably represented by the following general formula (2).
General formula (2)
In general formula (2), R X1 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group. As the alkyl group, a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms is preferable, and a methyl group is more preferable. The alkyl group may have a substituent. As the substituent, a hydroxyl group or a halogen atom (particularly a fluorine atom) is preferable.
In general formula (2), R A2 represents a substituent, and n2 R A2 s are independent and may be the same or different. R A2 has the same meaning as the substituent that the lactone structure described above may have, and the preferred range is also the same.
In General Formula (2), A 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. Examples of the divalent linking group include a linear, branched or cyclic alkylene group, an arylene group, —O—, —COO—, —S—, —NR ″ —, —CO—, and —NR ″ CO—. , —SO 2 — and the like, or a combination of these groups. Here, R ″ represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and is preferably a hydrogen atom. Examples of the divalent linking group include —O—, —COO—, —S—, —NH— and At least one of —CO— or a group thereof and — (CH 2 ) m — (m is an integer of 1 to 10, preferably an integer of 1 to 6, more preferably an integer of 1 to 4) Groups consisting of combinations are preferred.
In the general formula (2), Z 2 represents a monocyclic or polycyclic structure containing a group represented by —O—C (═O) —, which is synonymous with Z 1 in the general formula (1) and is preferable. The range is the same.
In general formula (2), n2 represents an integer greater than or equal to 0, is synonymous with n1 in general formula (1), and its preferable range is also the same.
一般式(3)
一般式(3)中、RA3は置換基を表し、n3個のRA3はそれぞれ独立しており、同一でも異なっていてもよい。RA3は、上述したラクトン構造が有していてもよい置換基と同義であり、好ましい範囲も同様である。
一般式(3)中、A2は単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。2価の連結基としては、一般式(2)中のA1が2価の連結基を表す場合と同義である。好ましい2価の連結基としては、-COO-、-CO-の少なくとも1つ、又は、これらの基と、-(CH2)m-(mは1~10の整数、好ましくは1~6の整数、より好ましくは1~4の整数)との組み合わせからなる基が好ましい。特に、一般式(3)中のA2としては、単結合が好ましい。
一般式(3)中、Z3は-O-C(=O)-で表される基を含む単環又は多環構造を表し、一般式(1)中のZ1と同義であり、好ましい範囲も同様である。
一般式(3)中、n3は0以上の整数を表し、一般式(1)中のn1と同義であり、好ましい範囲も同様である。
一般式(3)中、X1は酸素原子又は-NR”-を表し、酸素原子であることが好ましい。R”は水素原子又は炭素数1~4のアルキル基を表し、水素原子が好ましい。 Moreover, it is preferable that the said structural unit (a4) is represented by the following general formula (3).
General formula (3)
In general formula (3), R A3 represents a substituent, and n3 R A3 s are independent and may be the same or different. R A3 has the same meaning as the substituent that the lactone structure described above may have, and the preferred range is also the same.
In General Formula (3), A 2 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. Examples of the divalent linking group is synonymous with the case where A 1 in the general formula (2) represents a divalent linking group. A preferred divalent linking group is at least one of —COO— and —CO—, or these groups, and — (CH 2 ) m — (m is an integer of 1 to 10, preferably 1 to 6. And a group consisting of a combination with an integer, more preferably an integer of 1 to 4. In particular, A 2 in the general formula (3) is preferably a single bond.
In the general formula (3), Z 3 represents a monocyclic or polycyclic structure containing a group represented by —O—C (═O) —, and is synonymous with Z 1 in the general formula (1). The range is the same.
In general formula (3), n3 represents an integer greater than or equal to 0, is synonymous with n1 in general formula (1), and its preferable range is also the same.
In the general formula (3), X 1 represents an oxygen atom or —NR ″ —, preferably an oxygen atom. R ″ represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and preferably a hydrogen atom.
より好ましい構造としては、(LC1-1)、(LC1-4)、(LC1-5)、(LC1-6)、(LC1-13)、(LC1-14)、(LC1-17)であり、特に好ましい構造としては、(LC1-1)、(LC1-4)、(LC1-17)である。前記構成単位(a4)が、このような構造を含むことにより、本発明の組成物の耐薬品性を良好にしつつ、比誘電率をより低くすることができる。
More preferred structures are (LC1-1), (LC1-4), (LC1-5), (LC1-6), (LC1-13), (LC1-14), (LC1-17), Particularly preferred structures are (LC1-1), (LC1-4), and (LC1-17). When the structural unit (a4) includes such a structure, the relative dielectric constant can be further lowered while improving the chemical resistance of the composition of the present invention.
また、前記一般式(LC1-1)~(LC1-21)で表される構造において、n4は、前記一般式(1)中のn1と同義であり、好ましい範囲も同様である。 In the structures represented by the general formulas (LC1-1) to (LC1-21), (Rb 2 ) represents a substituent, which may or may not have ( That is, in the general formulas (LC1-1) to (LC1-21), n4 is 0). The preferred substituent (Rb 2 ) is synonymous with the substituent which the lactone structure described above may have, and the preferred range is also the same.
In the structures represented by the general formulas (LC1-1) to (LC1-21), n4 has the same meaning as n1 in the general formula (1), and the preferred range is also the same.
一般式(4) 一般式(5) 一般式(6) 一般式(7)
General formula (4) General formula (5) General formula (6) General formula (7)
本発明において、(A)重合体成分は、上記構成単位(a1)、構成単位(a2)及び構成単位(a4)に加えて、これら以外の他の構成単位(a3)を有していてもよい。構成単位(a3)は、上記重合体(1)及び/又は(2)が含んでいてもよい。また、上記重合体(1)又は(2)とは別に、実質的に構成単位(a1)及び構成単位(a1)を含まずに他の構成単位(a3)を有する重合体を有していてもよい。
構成単位(a3)となるモノマーとしては、特に制限はなく、例えば、スチレン類、(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステル、(メタ)アクリル酸環状アルキルエステル、(メタ)アクリル酸アリールエステル、不飽和ジカルボン酸ジエステル、ビシクロ不飽和化合物類、マレイミド化合物類、不飽和芳香族化合物、共役ジエン系化合物、不飽和モノカルボン酸、不飽和ジカルボン酸、不飽和ジカルボン酸無水物、その他の不飽和化合物を挙げることができる。また、後述するとおり、酸基を有する構成単位を有していてもよい。その他の構成単位(a3)となるモノマーは、単独又は2種類以上を組み合わせて使用することができる。 << (a3) Other structural units >>
In the present invention, the (A) polymer component may have another structural unit (a3) in addition to the structural unit (a1), the structural unit (a2), and the structural unit (a4). Good. The structural unit (a3) may be contained in the polymer (1) and / or (2). In addition to the polymer (1) or (2), the polymer has a structural unit (a3) that does not substantially contain the structural unit (a1) and the structural unit (a1). Also good.
There is no restriction | limiting in particular as a monomer used as structural unit (a3), For example, styrenes, (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester, (meth) acrylic acid cyclic alkyl ester, (meth) acrylic acid aryl ester, unsaturated dicarboxylic acid Examples include diesters, bicyclounsaturated compounds, maleimide compounds, unsaturated aromatic compounds, conjugated diene compounds, unsaturated monocarboxylic acids, unsaturated dicarboxylic acids, unsaturated dicarboxylic anhydrides, and other unsaturated compounds. it can. Moreover, you may have the structural unit which has an acid group so that it may mention later. The monomer which becomes another structural unit (a3) can be used individually or in combination of 2 or more types.
本発明で用いられる酸基としては、カルボン酸基由来のもの、スルホンアミド基に由来のもの、ホスホン酸基に由来のもの、スルホン酸基に由来のもの、フェノール性水酸基に由来するもの、スルホンアミド基、スルホニルイミド基等が例示され、カルボン酸基由来のもの及び/又はフェノール性水酸基に由来のものが好ましい。
本発明で用いられる酸基を含む構成単位は、スチレンに由来する構成単位や、ビニル化合物に由来する構成単位、(メタ)アクリル酸及び/又はそのエステルに由来する構成単位であることがより好ましい。例えば、特開2012-88459号公報の段落番号0021~0023及び段落番号0029~0044記載の化合物を用いることができ、この内容は本願明細書に組み込まれる。なかでも、p-ヒドロキシスチレン、(メタ)アクリル酸、マレイン酸、無水マレイン酸に由来する構成単位が好ましい。 As the other structural unit (a3), it is preferable to include a repeating unit containing an acid group. By containing an acid group, it becomes easy to dissolve in an alkaline developer, and the effects of the present invention are more effectively exhibited. The acid group is usually incorporated into the polymer as a structural unit containing an acid group using a monomer capable of forming an acid group. By including such a structural unit containing an acid group in the polymer, the polymer tends to be easily dissolved in an alkaline developer.
Acid groups used in the present invention include those derived from carboxylic acid groups, those derived from sulfonamide groups, those derived from phosphonic acid groups, those derived from sulfonic acid groups, those derived from phenolic hydroxyl groups, sulfones Examples include amide groups, sulfonylimide groups, and the like, and those derived from carboxylic acid groups and / or those derived from phenolic hydroxyl groups are preferred.
The structural unit containing an acid group used in the present invention is more preferably a structural unit derived from styrene, a structural unit derived from a vinyl compound, a structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid and / or an ester thereof. . For example, compounds described in JP 2012-88459 A, paragraph numbers 0021 to 0023 and paragraph numbers 0029 to 0044 can be used, the contents of which are incorporated herein. Of these, structural units derived from p-hydroxystyrene, (meth) acrylic acid, maleic acid, and maleic anhydride are preferred.
その他にも、特開平7-207211号公報、特開平8-259876号公報、特開平10-300922号公報、特開平11-140144号公報、特開平11-174224号公報、特開2000-56118号公報、特開2003-233179号公報、特開2009-52020号公報等に記載の公知の高分子化合物を使用することができ、これらの内容は本願明細書に組み込まれる。
これらの重合体は、1種類のみ含んでいてもよいし、2種類以上含んでいてもよい。 For example, benzyl (meth) acrylate / (meth) acrylic acid copolymer, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate / benzyl (meth) acrylate / (meth) acrylic acid copolymer, described in JP-A-7-140654 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate / polystyrene macromonomer / benzyl methacrylate / methacrylic acid copolymer, 2-hydroxy-3-phenoxypropyl acrylate / polymethyl methacrylate macromonomer / benzyl methacrylate / methacrylic acid copolymer, 2 -Hydroxyethyl methacrylate / polystyrene macromonomer / methyl methacrylate / methacrylic acid copolymer, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate / polystyrene macromonomer / benzyl methacrylate / methacrylic acid Copolymer and the like.
In addition, JP-A-7-207211, JP-A-8-259876, JP-A-10-300922, JP-A-11-140144, JP-A-11-174224, JP-A-2000-56118 Known polymer compounds described in JP-A-2003-233179, JP-A-2009-52020, and the like can be used, and the contents thereof are incorporated herein.
These polymers may contain only 1 type and may contain 2 or more types.
(第1の実施形態)
(A)重合体成分が、重合体(A2)を1種以上含む。
構成単位(a1)の含有量は、(A)重合体成分(重合体(A2))の全構成単位中、3~70モル%が好ましい。構成単位(a2)の含有量は、重合体(A2)の全構成単位中、3~70モル%が好ましい。構成単位(a4)の含有量は、重合体(A2)の全構成単位中、1~80モル%が好ましく、1~50モル%がより好ましく、3~20モル%がさらに好ましい。
重合体(A2)は、前記構成単位(a3)を含有していてもよい。重合体(A2)が前記構成単位(a3)を含有している場合、構成単位(a3)の含有量が、重合体(A2)の全構成単位中、1~50モル%が好ましい。
また、(A)重合体成分中、重合体(A2)以外の重合体の含有量は、(A)重合体成分中、10質量%以下であることが好ましい。 Although preferable embodiment of the (A) polymer component of this invention is given to the following, this invention is not limited to these.
(First embodiment)
(A) A polymer component contains 1 or more types of polymers (A2).
The content of the structural unit (a1) is preferably 3 to 70 mol% in all the structural units of the polymer component (A) (polymer (A2)). The content of the structural unit (a2) is preferably 3 to 70 mol% in all the structural units of the polymer (A2). The content of the structural unit (a4) is preferably from 1 to 80 mol%, more preferably from 1 to 50 mol%, still more preferably from 3 to 20 mol%, based on all the structural units of the polymer (A2).
The polymer (A2) may contain the structural unit (a3). When the polymer (A2) contains the structural unit (a3), the content of the structural unit (a3) is preferably 1 to 50 mol% in all the structural units of the polymer (A2).
Moreover, it is preferable that content of polymers other than a polymer (A2) in (A) polymer component is 10 mass% or less in (A) polymer component.
(A)重合体成分が、重合体(A2a)と、重合体(A2b)を含む。また、重合体(A2a)は、(a4)ラクトン構造を有する構成単位を通常含んでいない。また、重合体(A2b)は、構成単位(a1)および構成単位(a2)を通常含んでいない。
構成単位(a1)の含有量は、(A)重合体成分(重合体(A2a)及び重合体(A2b))の全構成単位中、3~70モル%が好ましい。構成単位(a2)の含有量は、重合体(A2a)及び重合体(A2b)の全構成単位中、3~70モル%が好ましい。
構成単位(a4)の含有量は、重合体(A2a)及び重合体(A2b)の全構成単位中、1~80モル%が好ましく、1~50モル%がより好ましく、3~20モル%がさらに好ましい。
重合体(A2a)及び/又は重合体(A2b)は、さらに前記構成単位(a3)を含有していてもよい。構成単位(a3)の含有量は、(A)重合体成分(重合体(A2a)及び重合体(A2b))の全構成単位中、1~50モル%が好ましい。
重合体(A2a)が前記構成単位(a3)を含有している場合、重合体(A2a)中、構成単位(a1)と構成単位(a2)と構成単位(a3)の合計が100モル%である。
重合体(A2b)が前記構成単位(a3)を含有している場合、重合体(A2b)中、構成単位(a3)と構成単位(a4)の合計が100モル%である。
(A)重合体成分中、重合体(A2a)と重合体(A2b)との組成比は、質量比で(重合体(A2a)/重合体(A2b))=1~20であることが好ましく、2~10であることがより好ましい。
また、(A)重合体成分中、重合体(A2a)及び重合体(A2b)以外の重合体の含有量は、(A)重合体成分中、10質量%以下であることが好ましい。
重合体(A2a)中の構成単位(a1)の含有量は、重合体(A2a)中の全構成単位中、3~90モル%が好ましく、10~80モル%がより好ましい。重合体(A2a)中の構成単位(a2)の含有量は、重合体(A2a)中の全構成単位中、3~70モル%が好ましく、10~60モル%がより好ましい。重合体(A2a)が、さらに構成単位(a3)を含有している場合、重合体(A2a)中の構成単位(a3)の含有量は、重合体(A2a)中の全構成単位中、3~70モル%が好ましく、10~50モル%がより好ましい。
重合体(A2b)中の構成単位(a4)の含有量は、重合体(A2b)中の全構成単位中、2~95モル%が好ましく、3~90モル%がより好ましく、5~85モル%がさらに好ましい。重合体(A2b)が、さらに構成単位(a3)を含有している場合、重合体(A2b)中の構成単位(a3)の含有量は、重合体(A2b)中の全構成単位中、3~70モル%が好ましく、10~50モル%がより好ましい。 (Second Embodiment)
(A) A polymer component contains a polymer (A2a) and a polymer (A2b). Further, the polymer (A2a) usually does not contain a structural unit (a4) having a lactone structure. The polymer (A2b) usually does not contain the structural unit (a1) and the structural unit (a2).
The content of the structural unit (a1) is preferably 3 to 70 mol% in all the structural units of the polymer component (A) (polymer (A2a) and polymer (A2b)). The content of the structural unit (a2) is preferably 3 to 70 mol% in all the structural units of the polymer (A2a) and the polymer (A2b).
The content of the structural unit (a4) is preferably 1 to 80 mol%, more preferably 1 to 50 mol%, and more preferably 3 to 20 mol% in all the structural units of the polymer (A2a) and the polymer (A2b). Further preferred.
The polymer (A2a) and / or the polymer (A2b) may further contain the structural unit (a3). The content of the structural unit (a3) is preferably 1 to 50 mol% in all the structural units of the polymer component (A) (polymer (A2a) and polymer (A2b)).
When the polymer (A2a) contains the structural unit (a3), the total of the structural unit (a1), the structural unit (a2), and the structural unit (a3) is 100 mol% in the polymer (A2a). is there.
When the polymer (A2b) contains the structural unit (a3), the total of the structural unit (a3) and the structural unit (a4) is 100 mol% in the polymer (A2b).
In the polymer component (A), the composition ratio of the polymer (A2a) to the polymer (A2b) is preferably (polymer (A2a) / polymer (A2b)) = 1 to 20 in mass ratio. 2 to 10 is more preferable.
Moreover, it is preferable that content of polymers other than a polymer (A2a) and a polymer (A2b) in (A) polymer component is 10 mass% or less in (A) polymer component.
The content of the structural unit (a1) in the polymer (A2a) is preferably from 3 to 90 mol%, more preferably from 10 to 80 mol%, based on all the structural units in the polymer (A2a). The content of the structural unit (a2) in the polymer (A2a) is preferably from 3 to 70 mol%, more preferably from 10 to 60 mol%, based on all the structural units in the polymer (A2a). When the polymer (A2a) further contains the structural unit (a3), the content of the structural unit (a3) in the polymer (A2a) is 3% in all the structural units in the polymer (A2a). -70 mol% is preferable, and 10-50 mol% is more preferable.
The content of the structural unit (a4) in the polymer (A2b) is preferably from 2 to 95 mol%, more preferably from 3 to 90 mol%, more preferably from 5 to 85 mol% in all the structural units in the polymer (A2b). % Is more preferable. When the polymer (A2b) further contains the structural unit (a3), the content of the structural unit (a3) in the polymer (A2b) is 3 in all the structural units in the polymer (A2b). -70 mol% is preferable, and 10-50 mol% is more preferable.
(A)重合体成分が、重合体(A2c)と、重合体(A2d)を含む。また、重合体(A2c)は、構成単位(a2)を通常含んでいない。また、重合体(A2d)は、構成単位(a1)及び(a4)ラクトン構造を有する構成単位を通常含んでいない。
構成単位(a1)の含有量は、(A)重合体成分(重合体(A2c)及び重合体(A2d))の全構成単位中、3~70モル%が好ましい。構成単位(a2)の含有量は、(A)重合体成分の全構成単位中、3~70モル%が好ましい。構成単位(a4)の含有量は、(A)重合体成分の全構成単位中、1~80モル%が好ましく、1~50モル%がより好ましく、3~20モル%がさらに好ましい。
また、(A)重合体成分中、重合体(A2c)及び重合体(A2d)以外の重合体の含有量は、(A)重合体成分中、10質量%以下であることが好ましい。
重合体(A2c)及び/又は重合体(A2d)は、さらに前記構成単位(a3)を含有していてもよい。構成単位(a3)の含有量は、(A)重合体成分(重合体(A2c)及び重合体(A2d))の全構成単位中、1~50モル%が好ましい。
重合体(A2c)が前記構成単位(a3)を含有している場合、重合体(A2c)中、構成単位(a1)と構成単位(a3)と構成単位(a4)の合計が100モル%である。
また、重合体(A2d)が前記構成単位(a3)を含有している場合、重合体(A2d)中、構成単位(a2)と構成単位(a3)の合計が100モル%である。
(A)重合体成分中、重合体(A2c)と重合体(A2d)との組成比は、質量比で(重合体(A2c)/重合体(A2d))=0.5~5であることが好ましく、0.8~2.5であることがより好ましい。
また、重合体(A2c)中の構成単位(a1)の含有量は、重合体(A2c)中の全構成単位中、3~90モル%が好ましく、10~80モル%がより好ましい。また、重合体(A2c)中の構成単位(a4)の含有量は、重合体(A2c)中の全構成単位中、2~95モル%が好ましく、3~90モル%がより好ましく、5~85モル%がさらに好ましい。重合体(A2c)が、さらに構成単位(a3)を含有している場合、重合体(A2c)中の構成単位(a3)の含有量は、重合体(A2c)中の全構成単位中、3~70モル%が好ましく、10~50モル%がより好ましい。
また、重合体(A2d)中の構成単位(a2)の含有量は、重合体(A2d)中の全構成単位中、1~90モル%が好ましく、40~80モル%がより好ましい。重合体(A2d)が、さらに構成単位(a3)を含有している場合、重合体(A2d)中の構成単位(a3)の含有量は、重合体(A2d)中の全構成単位中、3~70モル%が好ましく、10~50モル%がより好ましい。 (Third embodiment)
(A) A polymer component contains a polymer (A2c) and a polymer (A2d). Further, the polymer (A2c) usually does not contain the structural unit (a2). Further, the polymer (A2d) usually does not contain the structural units (a1) and (a4) having the lactone structure.
The content of the structural unit (a1) is preferably 3 to 70 mol% in all the structural units of the polymer component (A) (polymer (A2c) and polymer (A2d)). The content of the structural unit (a2) is preferably 3 to 70 mol% in all the structural units of the polymer component (A). The content of the structural unit (a4) is preferably from 1 to 80 mol%, more preferably from 1 to 50 mol%, still more preferably from 3 to 20 mol%, based on all the structural units of the polymer component (A).
Moreover, it is preferable that content of polymers other than a polymer (A2c) and a polymer (A2d) in (A) polymer component is 10 mass% or less in (A) polymer component.
The polymer (A2c) and / or the polymer (A2d) may further contain the structural unit (a3). The content of the structural unit (a3) is preferably 1 to 50 mol% in all the structural units of the polymer component (A) (polymer (A2c) and polymer (A2d)).
When the polymer (A2c) contains the structural unit (a3), the total of the structural unit (a1), the structural unit (a3), and the structural unit (a4) is 100 mol% in the polymer (A2c). is there.
Moreover, when a polymer (A2d) contains the said structural unit (a3), the sum total of a structural unit (a2) and a structural unit (a3) is 100 mol% in a polymer (A2d).
(A) In the polymer component, the composition ratio of the polymer (A2c) and the polymer (A2d) is (polymer (A2c) / polymer (A2d)) = 0.5 to 5 in mass ratio. Is more preferable, and 0.8 to 2.5 is more preferable.
The content of the structural unit (a1) in the polymer (A2c) is preferably from 3 to 90 mol%, more preferably from 10 to 80 mol%, based on all the structural units in the polymer (A2c). The content of the structural unit (a4) in the polymer (A2c) is preferably from 2 to 95 mol%, more preferably from 3 to 90 mol%, based on all the structural units in the polymer (A2c). 85 mol% is more preferable. When the polymer (A2c) further contains the structural unit (a3), the content of the structural unit (a3) in the polymer (A2c) is 3% in all the structural units in the polymer (A2c). ˜70 mol% is preferable, and 10 to 50 mol% is more preferable.
In addition, the content of the structural unit (a2) in the polymer (A2d) is preferably 1 to 90 mol%, more preferably 40 to 80 mol% in all the structural units in the polymer (A2d). When the polymer (A2d) further contains the structural unit (a3), the content of the structural unit (a3) in the polymer (A2d) is 3% in all the structural units in the polymer (A2d). ˜70 mol% is preferable, and 10 to 50 mol% is more preferable.
(A)重合体成分が、重合体(A2e)と、重合体(A2f)を含む。また、重合体(A2e)は、構成単位(a2)及びラクトン構造を有する構成単位(a4)を通常含んでいない。また、重合体(A2f)は、構成単位(a1)を通常含んでいない。
構成単位(a1)の含有量は、(A)重合体成分(重合体(A2e)及び重合体(A2f))の全構成単位中、3~70モル%が好ましい。構成単位(a2)の含有量は、重合体(A2e)及び重合体(A2f)の全構成単位中、3~70モル%が好ましい。構成単位(a4)の含有量は、重合体(A2e)及び重合体(A2f)の全構成単位中、1~80モル%が好ましく、1~50モル%がより好ましく、3~20モル%がさらに好ましい。
また、(A)重合体成分中、重合体(A2e)及び重合体(A2f)以外の重合体の含有量は、(A)重合体成分中、10質量%以下であることが好ましい。
重合体(A2e)及び/又は重合体(A2f)は、さらに前記構成単位(a3)を含有していてもよい。構成単位(a3)の含有量は、(A)重合体成分(重合体(A2e)及び重合体(A2f))の全構成単位中、1~50モル%が好ましい。
重合体(A2e)が前記構成単位(a3)を含有している場合、重合体(A2e)中、構成単位(a1)と構成単位(a3)の合計が100モル%である。
重合体(A2f)が前記構成単位(a3)を含有している場合、重合体(A2f)中、構成単位(a2)と構成単位(a3)と構成単位(a4)の合計が100モル%である。
(A)重合体成分中、重合体(A2e)と重合体(A2f)との組成比は、質量比で(重合体(A2e)/重合体(A2f))=0.5~5であることが好ましく、0.8~2.5であることがより好ましい。
また、重合体(A2e)中の構成単位(a1)の含有量は、重合体(A2e)中の全構成単位中、3~90モル%が好ましく、10~80モル%がより好ましい。重合体(A2e)が、さらに構成単位(a3)を含有している場合、重合体(A2e)中の構成単位(a3)の含有量は、重合体(A2e)中の全構成単位中、3~70モル%が好ましく、10~50モル%がより好ましい。
また、重合体(A2f)中の構成単位(a2)の含有量は、重合体(A2f)中の全構成単位中、1~90モル%が好ましく、40~80モル%がより好ましい。また、重合体(A2f)中の構成単位(a4)の含有量は、重合体(A2f)中の全構成単位中、2~95モル%が好ましく、3~90モル%がより好ましく、5~85モル%がさらに好ましい。重合体(A2f)が、さらに構成単位(a3)を含有している場合、重合体(A2f)中の構成単位(a3)の含有量は、重合体(A2f)中の全構成単位中、1~70モル%が好ましく、3~50モル%がより好ましい。 (Fourth embodiment)
(A) A polymer component contains a polymer (A2e) and a polymer (A2f). The polymer (A2e) usually does not contain the structural unit (a2) and the structural unit (a4) having a lactone structure. Further, the polymer (A2f) usually does not contain the structural unit (a1).
The content of the structural unit (a1) is preferably 3 to 70 mol% in all the structural units of the polymer component (A) (polymer (A2e) and polymer (A2f)). The content of the structural unit (a2) is preferably 3 to 70 mol% in all the structural units of the polymer (A2e) and the polymer (A2f). The content of the structural unit (a4) is preferably 1 to 80 mol%, more preferably 1 to 50 mol%, and more preferably 3 to 20 mol% in all the structural units of the polymer (A2e) and the polymer (A2f). Further preferred.
Moreover, it is preferable that content of polymers other than a polymer (A2e) and a polymer (A2f) in (A) polymer component is 10 mass% or less in (A) polymer component.
The polymer (A2e) and / or the polymer (A2f) may further contain the structural unit (a3). The content of the structural unit (a3) is preferably 1 to 50 mol% in all the structural units of the polymer component (A) (polymer (A2e) and polymer (A2f)).
When the polymer (A2e) contains the structural unit (a3), the total of the structural unit (a1) and the structural unit (a3) is 100 mol% in the polymer (A2e).
When the polymer (A2f) contains the structural unit (a3), the total of the structural unit (a2), the structural unit (a3), and the structural unit (a4) is 100 mol% in the polymer (A2f). is there.
(A) In the polymer component, the composition ratio of the polymer (A2e) and the polymer (A2f) is (polymer (A2e) / polymer (A2f)) = 0.5 to 5 in mass ratio. Is more preferable, and 0.8 to 2.5 is more preferable.
Further, the content of the structural unit (a1) in the polymer (A2e) is preferably from 3 to 90 mol%, more preferably from 10 to 80 mol%, based on all the structural units in the polymer (A2e). When the polymer (A2e) further contains the structural unit (a3), the content of the structural unit (a3) in the polymer (A2e) is 3% in all the structural units in the polymer (A2e). ˜70 mol% is preferable, and 10 to 50 mol% is more preferable.
In addition, the content of the structural unit (a2) in the polymer (A2f) is preferably 1 to 90 mol%, more preferably 40 to 80 mol% in all the structural units in the polymer (A2f). The content of the structural unit (a4) in the polymer (A2f) is preferably from 2 to 95 mol%, more preferably from 3 to 90 mol%, based on all the structural units in the polymer (A2f). 85 mol% is more preferable. When the polymer (A2f) further contains the structural unit (a3), the content of the structural unit (a3) in the polymer (A2f) is 1 in all the structural units in the polymer (A2f). -70 mol% is preferable, and 3-50 mol% is more preferable.
(A)重合体成分が、重合体(A2g)と、重合体(A2h)と、重合体(A2i)を含む。また、重合体(A2g)は、構成単位(a2)及び(a4)ラクトン構造を有する構成単位を通常含んでいない。また、重合体(A2h)は、構成単位(a1)及び(a4)ラクトン構造を有する構成単位を通常含んでいない。また、重合体(A2i)は、構成単位(a1)及び構成単位(a2)を通常含んでいない。
構成単位(a1)の含有量は、(A)重合体成分(重合体(A2g)、重合体(A2h)及び重合体(A2i))の全構成単位中、3~70モル%が好ましい。構成単位(a2)の含有量は、重合体(A2g)、重合体(A2h)及び重合体(A2i)の全構成単位中、3~70モル%が好ましい。構成単位(a4)の含有量は、重合体(A2g)、重合体(A2h)及び重合体(A2i)の全構成単位中、1~80モル%が好ましく、1~50モル%がより好ましく、3~20モル%がさらに好ましい。
また、(A)重合体成分中、重合体(A2g)、重合体(A2h)及び重合体(A2i)以外の重合体の含有量は、(A)重合体成分中、10質量%以下であることが好ましい。
重合体(A2g)、重合体(A2h)及び重合体(A2i)のうち少なくとも1種は、さらに前記構成単位(a3)を含有していてもよい。構成単位(a3)の含有量は、(A)重合体成分(重合体(A2g)、重合体(A2h)及び重合体(A2i))の全構成単位中、1~50モル%が好ましい。
重合体(A2g)が前記構成単位(a3)を含有している場合、重合体(A2g)中、構成単位(a1)と構成単位(a3)の合計が100モル%である。
重合体(A2h)が前記構成単位(a3)を含有している場合、重合体(A2h)中、構成単位(a2)と構成単位(a3)の合計が100モル%である。
重合体(A2i)が前記構成単位(a3)を含有している場合、重合体(A2i)中、構成単位(a3)と構成単位(a4)の合計が100モル%である。
重合体(A2g)と重合体(A2h)の総量と、重合体(A2i)との組成比は、質量比で((重合体(A2g)+重合体(A2h))/重合体(A2i)=1~20であることが好ましく、2~10であることがより好ましい。さらに、重合体(A2g)と重合体(A2h)との組成比は、質量比で(重合体(A2g)/重合体(A2h))=0.5~5であることが好ましく、0.8~2.5であることがより好ましい。
また、重合体(A2g)中の構成単位(a1)の含有量は、重合体(A2g)中の全構成単位中、3~90モル%が好ましく、10~80モル%がより好ましい。重合体(A2g)が、さらに構成単位(a3)を含有している場合、重合体(A2g)中の構成単位(a3)の含有量は、重合体(A2g)中の全構成単位中、3~70モル%が好ましく、10~50モル%がより好ましい。
また、重合体(A2h)中の構成単位(a2)の含有量は、重合体(A2h)中の全構成単位中、1~90モル%が好ましく、40~80モル%がより好ましい。重合体(A2h)が、さらに構成単位(a3)を含有している場合、重合体(A2h)中の構成単位(a3)の含有量は、重合体(A2h)中の全構成単位中、3~70モル%が好ましく、10~50モル%がより好ましい。
また、重合体(A2i)中の構成単位(a4)の含有量は、重合体(A2i)中の全構成単位中、2~95モル%が好ましく、3~90モル%がより好ましく、5~85モル%がさらに好ましい。重合体(A2i)が、さらに構成単位(a3)を含有している場合、重合体(A2i)中の構成単位(a3)の含有量は、重合体(A2i)中の全構成単位中、3~70モル%が好ましく、10~50モル%がより好ましい。 (Fifth embodiment)
(A) A polymer component contains a polymer (A2g), a polymer (A2h), and a polymer (A2i). Further, the polymer (A2g) usually does not contain the structural units (a2) and (a4) having the lactone structure. Further, the polymer (A2h) usually does not contain the structural units (a1) and (a4) having the lactone structure. The polymer (A2i) usually does not contain the structural unit (a1) and the structural unit (a2).
The content of the structural unit (a1) is preferably 3 to 70 mol% in all the structural units of the polymer component (A) (polymer (A2g), polymer (A2h) and polymer (A2i)). The content of the structural unit (a2) is preferably 3 to 70 mol% in all the structural units of the polymer (A2g), the polymer (A2h) and the polymer (A2i). The content of the structural unit (a4) is preferably 1 to 80 mol%, more preferably 1 to 50 mol% in all the structural units of the polymer (A2g), the polymer (A2h) and the polymer (A2i). 3 to 20 mol% is more preferable.
Moreover, content of polymers other than a polymer (A2g), a polymer (A2h), and a polymer (A2i) in (A) polymer component is 10 mass% or less in (A) polymer component. It is preferable.
At least one of the polymer (A2g), the polymer (A2h) and the polymer (A2i) may further contain the structural unit (a3). The content of the structural unit (a3) is preferably 1 to 50 mol% in all the structural units of the polymer component (A) (polymer (A2g), polymer (A2h) and polymer (A2i)).
When the polymer (A2g) contains the structural unit (a3), the total of the structural unit (a1) and the structural unit (a3) is 100 mol% in the polymer (A2g).
When the polymer (A2h) contains the structural unit (a3), the total of the structural unit (a2) and the structural unit (a3) is 100 mol% in the polymer (A2h).
When the polymer (A2i) contains the structural unit (a3), the total of the structural unit (a3) and the structural unit (a4) is 100 mol% in the polymer (A2i).
The composition ratio between the total amount of the polymer (A2g) and the polymer (A2h) and the polymer (A2i) is ((polymer (A2g) + polymer (A2h)) / polymer (A2i) = It is preferably 1 to 20, and more preferably 2 to 10. Further, the composition ratio of the polymer (A2g) to the polymer (A2h) is (polymer (A2g) / polymer) in mass ratio. (A2h)) = 0.5 to 5 is preferable, and 0.8 to 2.5 is more preferable.
Further, the content of the structural unit (a1) in the polymer (A2g) is preferably from 3 to 90 mol%, more preferably from 10 to 80 mol%, based on all the structural units in the polymer (A2g). When the polymer (A2g) further contains the structural unit (a3), the content of the structural unit (a3) in the polymer (A2g) is 3% in all the structural units in the polymer (A2g). ˜70 mol% is preferable, and 10 to 50 mol% is more preferable.
In addition, the content of the structural unit (a2) in the polymer (A2h) is preferably 1 to 90 mol%, more preferably 40 to 80 mol% in all the structural units in the polymer (A2h). When the polymer (A2h) further contains a structural unit (a3), the content of the structural unit (a3) in the polymer (A2h) is 3% in all the structural units in the polymer (A2h). ˜70 mol% is preferable, and 10 to 50 mol% is more preferable.
The content of the structural unit (a4) in the polymer (A2i) is preferably 2 to 95 mol%, more preferably 3 to 90 mol%, in all structural units in the polymer (A2i). 85 mol% is more preferable. When the polymer (A2i) further contains the structural unit (a3), the content of the structural unit (a3) in the polymer (A2i) is 3% in all the structural units in the polymer (A2i). ˜70 mol% is preferable, and 10 to 50 mol% is more preferable.
(A)重合体の分子量は、ポリスチレン換算重量平均分子量で、好ましくは1,000~200,000、より好ましくは2,000~50,000の範囲である。上記の数値の範囲内であると、諸特性が良好である。数平均分子量と重量平均分子量の比(分散度)は1.0~5.0が好ましく1.5~3.5がより好ましい。 << (A) Molecular Weight of Polymer >>
The molecular weight of the polymer (A) is a weight average molecular weight in terms of polystyrene, and is preferably 1,000 to 200,000, more preferably 2,000 to 50,000. Various characteristics are favorable in the range of said numerical value. The ratio (dispersity) between the number average molecular weight and the weight average molecular weight is preferably 1.0 to 5.0, more preferably 1.5 to 3.5.
また、(A)重合体成分の合成法についても、様々な方法が知られているが、一例を挙げると、少なくとも上記(a1)及び上記(a2)で表される構成単位を形成するために用いられるラジカル重合性単量体を含むラジカル重合性単量体混合物を有機溶剤中、ラジカル重合開始剤を用いて重合することにより合成することができる。また、いわゆる高分子反応で合成することもできる。
(A)重合体成分は、(メタ)アクリル酸及び/又はそのエステルに由来する構成単位を、全構成単位に対し、50モル%以上含有することが好ましく、80モル%以上含有することがより好ましい。 << (A) Production Method of Polymer Component >>
Also, various methods are known for the synthesis method of the polymer component (A). For example, in order to form at least the structural units represented by the above (a1) and (a2), It can be synthesized by polymerizing a radical polymerizable monomer mixture containing the radical polymerizable monomer used in an organic solvent using a radical polymerization initiator. It can also be synthesized by a so-called polymer reaction.
The polymer component (A) preferably contains 50 mol% or more, more preferably 80 mol% or more of the structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid and / or its ester with respect to all the structural units. preferable.
本発明の感光性樹脂組成物は、(B)光酸発生剤を含有する。本発明で使用される光酸発生剤としては、波長300nm以上、好ましくは波長300~450nmの活性光線に感応し、酸を発生する化合物が好ましいが、その化学構造に制限されるものではない。また、波長300nm以上の活性光線に直接感応しない光酸発生剤についても、増感剤と併用することによって波長300nm以上の活性光線に感応し、酸を発生する化合物であれば、増感剤と組み合わせて好ましく用いることができる。本発明で使用される光酸発生剤としては、pKaが4以下の酸を発生する光酸発生剤が好ましく、pKaが3以下の酸を発生する光酸発生剤がより好ましく、2以下の酸を発生する光酸発生剤が最も好ましい。 <(B) Photoacid generator>
The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention contains (B) a photoacid generator. The photoacid generator used in the present invention is preferably a compound that reacts with actinic rays having a wavelength of 300 nm or more, preferably 300 to 450 nm, and generates an acid, but is not limited to its chemical structure. Further, a photoacid generator that is not directly sensitive to an actinic ray having a wavelength of 300 nm or more can also be used as a sensitizer if it is a compound that reacts with an actinic ray having a wavelength of 300 nm or more and generates an acid when used in combination with a sensitizer. It can be preferably used in combination. The photoacid generator used in the present invention is preferably a photoacid generator that generates an acid having a pKa of 4 or less, more preferably a photoacid generator that generates an acid having a pKa of 3 or less, and an acid of 2 or less. Most preferred are photoacid generators that generate.
一般式(B1-1)
General formula (B1-1)
R21のアルキル基としては、炭素数1~10の、直鎖状又は分岐状アルキル基が好ましい。R21のアルキル基は、ハロゲン原子、炭素数6~11のアリール基、炭素数1~10のアルコキシ基、又は、シクロアルキル基(7,7-ジメチル-2-オキソノルボルニル基などの有橋式脂環基を含む、好ましくはビシクロアルキル基等)で置換されてもよい。
R21のアリール基としては、炭素数6~11のアリール基が好ましく、フェニル基又はナフチル基がより好ましい。R21のアリール基は、低級アルキル基、アルコキシ基あるいはハロゲン原子で置換されてもよい。 In general formula (B1-1), any group may be substituted, and the alkyl group in R 21 may be linear, branched or cyclic. Acceptable substituents are described below.
The alkyl group for R 21 is preferably a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. The alkyl group represented by R 21 has a halogen atom, an aryl group having 6 to 11 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a cycloalkyl group (7,7-dimethyl-2-oxonorbornyl group, etc.). It may be substituted with a bridged alicyclic group, preferably a bicycloalkyl group or the like.
As the aryl group for R 21, an aryl group having 6 to 11 carbon atoms is preferable, and a phenyl group or a naphthyl group is more preferable. The aryl group of R 21 may be substituted with a lower alkyl group, an alkoxy group, or a halogen atom.
一般式(B1-2)
General formula (B1-2)
Xとしてのアルキル基は、炭素数1~4の直鎖状又は分岐状アルキル基が好ましい。また、Xとしてのアルコキシ基は、炭素数1~4の直鎖状又は分岐状アルコキシ基が好ましい。また、Xとしてのハロゲン原子は、塩素原子又はフッ素原子が好ましい。
m4は、0又は1が好ましい。上記一般式(B2)中、m4が1であり、Xがメチル基であり、Xの置換位置がオルト位であり、R42が炭素数1~10の直鎖状アルキル基、7,7-ジメチル-2-オキソノルボルニルメチル基、又はp-トルイル基である化合物が特に好ましい。 Preferred ranges of R 42, the same as the preferable range of the R 21.
The alkyl group as X is preferably a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. Further, the alkoxy group as X is preferably a linear or branched alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. The halogen atom as X is preferably a chlorine atom or a fluorine atom.
m4 is preferably 0 or 1. In the above general formula (B2), m4 is 1, X is a methyl group, the substitution position of X is the ortho position, R 42 is a linear alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, 7,7- A compound that is a dimethyl-2-oxonorbornylmethyl group or a p-toluyl group is particularly preferred.
一般式(B1-3)
General formula (B1-3)
X1としては、炭素数1~5のアルコキシ基が好ましく、メトキシ基がより好ましい。
n4としては、0~2が好ましく、0~1が特に好ましい。
上記一般式(B1-3)で表される化合物の具体例及び好ましいオキシムスルホネート化合物の具体例としては、特開2012-163937号公報の段落番号0080~0082の記載を参酌でき、この内容は本願明細書に組み込まれる。 R 43 in the above general formula (B1-3) is methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, n-butyl group, n-octyl group, trifluoromethyl group, pentafluoroethyl group, perfluoro-n—. A propyl group, a perfluoro-n-butyl group, a p-tolyl group, a 4-chlorophenyl group or a pentafluorophenyl group is preferable, and an n-octyl group is particularly preferable.
X 1 is preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and more preferably a methoxy group.
n4 is preferably from 0 to 2, particularly preferably from 0 to 1.
As specific examples of the compound represented by the above general formula (B1-3) and preferable examples of the oxime sulfonate compound, description in paragraphs 0080 to 0082 of JP2012-163937A can be referred to, and the contents thereof are described in this application. Incorporated in the description.
X101は-O-、-S-、-NH-、-NR105-、-CH2-、-CR106H-、又は、-CR105R107-を表し、R105~R107はアルキル基、又は、アリール基を表す。
R121~R124は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルコキシ基、アミノ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アルキルカルボニル基、アリールカルボニル基、アミド基、スルホ基、シアノ基、又は、アリール基を表す。R121~R124のうち2つは、それぞれ互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
R121~R124としては、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、及び、アルキル基が好ましく、また、R121~R124のうち少なくとも2つが互いに結合してアリール基を形成する態様もまた、好ましく挙げられる。中でも、R121~R124がいずれも水素原子である態様が感度の観点から好ましい。
既述の官能基は、いずれも、さらに置換基を有していてもよい。
上記一般式(OS-1)で表される化合物は、例えば、特開2012-163937号公報の段落番号0087~0089に記載されている一般式(OS-2)で表される化合物であることが好ましく、この内容は本願明細書に組み込まれる。 In the general formula (OS-1), R 101 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an acyl group, a carbamoyl group, a sulfamoyl group, a sulfo group, a cyano group, an aryl group, or Represents a heteroaryl group. R102 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group.
X 101 represents —O—, —S—, —NH—, —NR 105 —, —CH 2 —, —CR 106 H—, or —CR 105 R 107 —, wherein R 105 to R 107 are alkyl groups. Or an aryl group.
R 121 to R 124 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkoxy group, an amino group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkylcarbonyl group, an arylcarbonyl group, an amide group, a sulfo group, a cyano group, Or an aryl group is represented. Two of R 121 to R 124 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
R 121 to R 124 are preferably a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom and an alkyl group, and an embodiment in which at least two of R 121 to R 124 are bonded to each other to form an aryl group is also preferred. Among these, an embodiment in which R 121 to R 124 are all hydrogen atoms is preferable from the viewpoint of sensitivity.
Any of the aforementioned functional groups may further have a substituent.
The compound represented by the general formula (OS-1) is, for example, a compound represented by the general formula (OS-2) described in paragraph numbers 0087 to 0089 of JP2012-163937A Which is hereby incorporated by reference.
本発明では、前記一般式(B1-1)で表されるオキシムスルホネート構造を含有する化合物としては、下記一般式(OS-3)、下記一般式(OS-4)又は下記一般式(OS-5)で表されるオキシムスルホネート化合物であることが好ましい。
前記一般式(OS-3)~(OS-5)については、例えば、特開2012-163937号公報の段落番号0098~0115の記載を参酌でき、この内容は本願明細書に組み込まれる。 Specific examples of the compound represented by the general formula (OS-1) that can be suitably used in the present invention include compounds described in paragraph numbers 0128 to 0132 of JP2011-221494A (exemplified compounds b-1 to b-34), but the present invention is not limited thereto.
In the present invention, the compound containing the oxime sulfonate structure represented by the general formula (B1-1) is represented by the following general formula (OS-3), the following general formula (OS-4), or the following general formula (OS- The oxime sulfonate compound represented by 5) is preferred.
With respect to the general formulas (OS-3) to (OS-5), for example, the description in paragraph numbers 0098 to 0115 of JP2012-163937A can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated herein.
前記一般式(OS-6)~(OS-11)における好ましい範囲は、特開2011-221494号公報の段落番号0110~0112に記載される(OS-6)~(OS-11)の好ましい範囲と同様であり、この内容は本願明細書に組み込まれる。
前記一般式(OS-3)~前記一般式(OS-5)で表されるオキシムスルホネート化合物の具体例としては、特開2011-221494号公報の段落番号0114~0120に記載の化合物が挙げられ、この内容は本願明細書に組み込まれる。本発明は、これらに限定されるものではない。 The compound having an oxime sulfonate structure represented by the general formula (B1-1) is, for example, a compound represented by the general formula (OS-6) to JP-A-2012-163937 described in paragraph 0117. Particularly preferred is a compound represented by any of (OS-11), the contents of which are incorporated herein.
Preferred ranges in the general formulas (OS-6) to (OS-11) are preferred ranges of (OS-6) to (OS-11) described in paragraph numbers 0110 to 0112 of JP2011-221494A. The contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
Specific examples of the oxime sulfonate compounds represented by the general formula (OS-3) to the general formula (OS-5) include compounds described in paragraph numbers 0114 to 0120 of JP2011-221494A. The contents of which are incorporated herein by reference. The present invention is not limited to these.
一般式(B1-4)
General formula (B1-4)
アルキル基の炭素数は、好ましくは3~10である。特にアルキル基が分岐構造を有する場合、炭素数3~6のアルキル基が好ましく、環状構造を有する場合、炭素数5~7のアルキル基が好ましい。
アルキル基としては、例えば、プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、s-ブチル基、イソブチル基、tert-ブチル基、ペンチル基、イソペンチル基、ネオペンチル基、1,1-ジメチルプロピル基、ヘキシル基、2-エチルヘキシル基、シクロヘキシル基、オクチル基などが挙げられ、好ましくは、イソプロピル基、tert-ブチル基、ネオペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基である。
アリール基の炭素数は、好ましくは6~12であり、より好ましくは6~8であり、さらに好ましくは6~7である。前記アリール基としては、フェニル基、ナフチル基などが挙げられ、好ましくは、フェニル基である。
R1が表すアルキル基及びアリール基は、置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、例えばハロゲン原子(フッ素原子、クロロ原子、臭素原子、ヨウ素原子)、直鎖、分岐又は環状のアルキル基(例えばメチル基、エチル基、プロピル基など)、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、アリール基、アシル基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アリールオキシカルボニル基、カルバモイル基、シアノ基、カルボキシル基、水酸基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基、アルキルチオ基、アリールチオ基、ヘテロ環オキシ基、アシルオキシ基、アミノ基、ニトロ基、ヒドラジノ基、ヘテロ環基などが挙げられる。また、これらの基によってさらに置換されていてもよい。好ましくは、ハロゲン原子、メチル基である。 R 1 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group. The alkyl group is preferably a branched alkyl group or a cyclic alkyl group.
The alkyl group preferably has 3 to 10 carbon atoms. In particular, when the alkyl group has a branched structure, an alkyl group having 3 to 6 carbon atoms is preferable, and when the alkyl group has a cyclic structure, an alkyl group having 5 to 7 carbon atoms is preferable.
Examples of the alkyl group include propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, s-butyl group, isobutyl group, tert-butyl group, pentyl group, isopentyl group, neopentyl group, 1,1-dimethylpropyl group, hexyl group. 2-ethylhexyl group, cyclohexyl group, octyl group and the like, preferably isopropyl group, tert-butyl group, neopentyl group, and cyclohexyl group.
The aryl group preferably has 6 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 8 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 6 to 7 carbon atoms. Examples of the aryl group include a phenyl group and a naphthyl group, and a phenyl group is preferable.
The alkyl group and aryl group represented by R 1 may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom (a fluorine atom, a chloro atom, a bromine atom, an iodine atom), a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group (for example, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group), an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, Aryl group, acyl group, alkoxycarbonyl group, aryloxycarbonyl group, carbamoyl group, cyano group, carboxyl group, hydroxyl group, alkoxy group, aryloxy group, alkylthio group, arylthio group, heterocyclic oxy group, acyloxy group, amino group, A nitro group, a hydrazino group, a heterocyclic group, etc. are mentioned. Further, these groups may be further substituted. Preferably, they are a halogen atom and a methyl group.
かさ高い置換基の中でも、イソプロピル基、tert-ブチル基、ネオペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基が好ましく、tert-ブチル基、シクロヘキシル基がより好ましい。 In the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention, R 1 is preferably an alkyl group from the viewpoint of transparency, and R 1 has a branched structure having 3 to 6 carbon atoms from the viewpoint of achieving both storage stability and sensitivity. An alkyl group, an alkyl group having a cyclic structure having 5 to 7 carbon atoms, or a phenyl group is preferable, and an alkyl group having a branched structure having 3 to 6 carbon atoms or an alkyl group having a cyclic structure having 5 to 7 carbon atoms is more preferable. . By adopting such a bulky group (particularly a bulky alkyl group) as R 1 , it becomes possible to further improve the transparency.
Among the bulky substituents, an isopropyl group, a tert-butyl group, a neopentyl group, and a cyclohexyl group are preferable, and a tert-butyl group and a cyclohexyl group are more preferable.
アリール基としては、炭素数6~10のアリール基が好ましい。前記アリール基としては、フェニル基、ナフチル基、p-トルイル基(p-メチルフェニル基)などが挙げられ、好ましくは、フェニル基、p-トルイル基である。
ヘテロアリール基としては、例えば、ピロール基、インドール基、カルバゾール基、フラン基、チオフェン基などが挙げられる。
R2が表すアルキル基、アリール基、及びヘテロアリール基は、置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、R1が表すアルキル基及びアリール基が有していてもよい置換基と同義である。
R2は、アルキル基又はアリール基が好ましく、アリール基がより好ましく、フェニル基がより好ましい。フェニル基の置換基としてはメチル基が好ましい。 R 2 represents an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group. The alkyl group represented by R 2 is preferably a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. Examples of the alkyl group include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group, a tert-butyl group, a pentyl group, a neopentyl group, a hexyl group, and a cyclohexyl group. It is a group.
As the aryl group, an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms is preferable. Examples of the aryl group include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, a p-toluyl group (p-methylphenyl group), and a phenyl group and a p-toluyl group are preferable.
Examples of the heteroaryl group include a pyrrole group, an indole group, a carbazole group, a furan group, and a thiophene group.
The alkyl group, aryl group, and heteroaryl group represented by R 2 may have a substituent. As a substituent, it is synonymous with the substituent which the alkyl group and aryl group which R < 1 > may have.
R 2 is preferably an alkyl group or an aryl group, more preferably an aryl group, and more preferably a phenyl group. As the substituent for the phenyl group, a methyl group is preferred.
R3~R6のうち、R3とR4、R4とR5、又はR5とR6が結合して環を形成してもよく、環としては、脂環又は芳香環を形成していることが好ましく、ベンゼン環がより好ましい。
R3~R6は、水素原子、アルキル基、ハロゲン原子(フッ素原子、クロロ原子、臭素原子)、又は、R3とR4、R4とR5、又はR5とR6が結合してベンゼン環を構成していることが好ましく、水素原子、メチル基、フッ素原子、クロロ原子、臭素原子又はR3とR4、R4とR5、又はR5とR6が結合してベンゼン環を構成していることがより好ましい。
R3~R6の好ましい態様は以下の通りである。
(態様1)少なくとも2つは水素原子である。
(態様2)アルキル基、アリール基、又はハロゲン原子の数は、1つ以下である。
(態様3)R3とR4、R4とR5、又はR5とR6が結合してベンゼン環を構成している。
(態様4)上記態様1と2を満たす態様、及び/又は、上記態様1と3を満たす態様。
Xは、-O-又はS-を表す。 R 3 to R 6 each represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a halogen atom (a fluorine atom, a chloro atom, a bromine atom, or an iodine atom). The alkyl group represented by R 3 to R 6 has the same meaning as the alkyl group represented by R 2 , and the preferred range is also the same. The aryl group represented by R 3 to R 6 has the same meaning as the aryl group represented by R 1 , and the preferred range is also the same.
Among R 3 to R 6 , R 3 and R 4 , R 4 and R 5 , or R 5 and R 6 may combine to form a ring, and the ring may form an alicyclic ring or an aromatic ring. It is preferable that a benzene ring is more preferable.
R 3 to R 6 are a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a halogen atom (fluorine atom, chloro atom, bromine atom), or R 3 and R 4 , R 4 and R 5 , or R 5 and R 6 A benzene ring is preferably formed, and a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a fluorine atom, a chloro atom, a bromine atom, or R 3 and R 4 , R 4 and R 5 , or R 5 and R 6 are combined to form a benzene ring Is more preferable.
Preferred embodiments of R 3 to R 6 are as follows.
(Aspect 1) At least two are hydrogen atoms.
(Aspect 2) The number of alkyl groups, aryl groups, or halogen atoms is one or less.
(Aspect 3) R 3 and R 4 , R 4 and R 5 , or R 5 and R 6 are combined to form a benzene ring.
(Aspect 4) An aspect satisfying the
X represents —O— or S—.
本発明の感光性樹脂組成物は、溶剤を含有する。本発明の感光性樹脂組成物は、本発明の必須成分と、さらに後述の任意の成分を溶剤に溶解した溶液として調製されることが好ましい。本発明の組成物の調製に用いられる溶剤としては、必須成分及び任意成分を均一に溶解し、各成分と反応しないものが用いられる。
本発明の感光性樹脂組成物に使用される溶剤としては、公知の溶剤を用いることができ、エチレングリコールモノアルキルエーテル類、エチレングリコールジアルキルエーテル類、エチレングリコールモノアルキルエーテルアセテート類、プロピレングリコールモノアルキルエーテル類、プロピレングリコールジアルキルエーテル類、プロピレングリコールモノアルキルエーテルアセテート類、ジエチレングリコールジアルキルエーテル類、ジエチレングリコールモノアルキルエーテルアセテート類、ジプロピレングリコールモノアルキルエーテル類、ジプロピレングリコールジアルキルエーテル類、ジプロピレングリコールモノアルキルエーテルアセテート類、エステル類、ケトン類、アミド類、ラクトン類等が例示できる。また、本発明の感光性樹脂組成物に使用される溶剤の具体例としては特開2011-221494号公報の段落番号0174~0178に記載の溶剤、特開2012-194290公報の段落番号0167~0168に記載の溶剤も挙げられ、これらの内容は本願明細書に組み込まれる。 <(C) Solvent>
The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention contains a solvent. The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is preferably prepared as a solution in which the essential components of the present invention and further optional components described below are dissolved in a solvent. As a solvent used for the preparation of the composition of the present invention, a solvent that uniformly dissolves essential components and optional components and does not react with each component is used.
As the solvent used in the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention, known solvents can be used, such as ethylene glycol monoalkyl ethers, ethylene glycol dialkyl ethers, ethylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetates, propylene glycol monoalkyl. Ethers, propylene glycol dialkyl ethers, propylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetates, diethylene glycol dialkyl ethers, diethylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetates, dipropylene glycol monoalkyl ethers, dipropylene glycol dialkyl ethers, dipropylene glycol monoalkyl ether Examples include acetates, esters, ketones, amides, lactones and the like. Specific examples of the solvent used in the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention include the solvents described in paragraph numbers 0174 to 0178 of JP2011-221494A, and paragraph numbers 0167 to 0168 of JP2012-194290A. And the contents thereof are incorporated herein by reference.
沸点130℃以上160℃未満の溶剤としては、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート(沸点146℃)、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート(沸点158℃)、プロピレングリコールメチル-n-ブチルエーテル(沸点155℃)、プロピレングリコールメチル-n-プロピルエーテル(沸点131℃)が例示できる。
沸点160℃以上の溶剤としては、3-エトキシプロピオン酸エチル(沸点170℃)、ジエチレングリコールメチルエチルエーテル(沸点176℃)、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルプロピオネート(沸点160℃)、ジプロピレングリコールメチルエーテルアセテート(沸点213℃)、3-メトキシブチルエーテルアセテート(沸点171℃)、ジエチレングリコールジエチエルエーテル(沸点189℃)、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル(沸点162℃)、プロピレングリコールジアセテート(沸点190℃)、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート(沸点220℃)、ジプロピレングリコールジメチルエーテル(沸点175℃)、1,3-ブチレングリコールジアセテート(沸点232℃)が例示できる。 Further, the solvent is preferably a solvent having a boiling point of 130 ° C. or higher and lower than 160 ° C., a solvent having a boiling point of 160 ° C. or higher, or a mixture thereof.
Solvents having a boiling point of 130 ° C. or higher and lower than 160 ° C. include propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (boiling point 146 ° C.), propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate (boiling point 158 ° C.), propylene glycol methyl-n-butyl ether (boiling point 155 ° C.), propylene glycol An example is methyl-n-propyl ether (boiling point 131 ° C.).
Solvents having a boiling point of 160 ° C or higher include ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate (boiling point 170 ° C), diethylene glycol methyl ethyl ether (boiling point 176 ° C), propylene glycol monomethyl ether propionate (boiling point 160 ° C), dipropylene glycol methyl ether acetate. (Boiling point 213 ° C), 3-methoxybutyl ether acetate (boiling point 171 ° C), diethylene glycol diethyl ether (boiling point 189 ° C), diethylene glycol dimethyl ether (boiling point 162 ° C), propylene glycol diacetate (boiling point 190 ° C), diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate (Boiling point 220 ° C), dipropylene glycol dimethyl ether (boiling point 175 ° C), 1,3-butylene glycol diacetate (boiling point 232 ° C) It can be.
本発明の感光性樹脂組成物には、上記成分に加えて、必要に応じて、増感剤、架橋剤、アルコキシシラン化合物、塩基性化合物、界面活性剤、酸化防止剤を好ましく加えることができる。さらに本発明の感光性樹脂組成物には、酸増殖剤、現像促進剤、可塑剤、熱ラジカル発生剤、熱酸発生剤、紫外線吸収剤、増粘剤、及び、有機又は無機の沈殿防止剤などの公知の添加剤を加えることができる。また、これらの化合物としては、例えば特開2012-88459号公報の段落番号0201~0224の記載の化合物を使用することができ、これらの内容は本願明細書に組み込まれる。 <Other ingredients>
In addition to the above components, a sensitizer, a crosslinking agent, an alkoxysilane compound, a basic compound, a surfactant, and an antioxidant can be preferably added to the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention as necessary. . Further, the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention includes an acid proliferation agent, a development accelerator, a plasticizer, a thermal radical generator, a thermal acid generator, an ultraviolet absorber, a thickener, and an organic or inorganic precipitation inhibitor. Known additives such as can be added. Further, as these compounds, for example, compounds described in paragraph numbers 0201 to 0224 of JP2012-8859A can be used, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification.
本発明の感光性樹脂組成物は、光酸発生剤との組み合わせにおいて、その分解を促進させるために、増感剤を含有することが好ましい。増感剤は、活性光線又は放射線を吸収して電子励起状態となる。電子励起状態となった増感剤は、光酸発生剤と接触して、電子移動、エネルギー移動、発熱などの作用が生じる。これにより光酸発生剤は化学変化を起こして分解し、酸を生成する。好ましい増感剤の例としては、以下の化合物類に属しており、かつ350nmから450nmの波長域のいずれかに吸収波長を有する化合物を挙げることができる。 Sensitizer The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a sensitizer in combination with a photoacid generator in order to promote its decomposition. The sensitizer absorbs actinic rays or radiation and enters an electronically excited state. The sensitizer in an electronically excited state comes into contact with the photoacid generator, and effects such as electron transfer, energy transfer, and heat generation occur. Thereby, a photo-acid generator raise | generates a chemical change and decomposes | disassembles and produces | generates an acid. Examples of preferred sensitizers include compounds belonging to the following compounds and having an absorption wavelength in any of the wavelength ranges from 350 nm to 450 nm.
これら増感剤の中でも、多核芳香族類、アクリドン類、スチリル類、ベーススチリル類、クマリン類が好ましく、多核芳香族類がより好ましい。多核芳香族類の中でもアントラセン誘導体が最も好ましい。 Polynuclear aromatics (eg, pyrene, perylene, triphenylene, anthracene, 9,10-dibutoxyanthracene, 9,10-diethoxyanthracene, 3,7-dimethoxyanthracene, 9,10-dipropyloxyanthracene), xanthenes (Eg, fluorescein, eosin, erythrosine, rhodamine B, rose bengal), xanthones (eg, xanthone, thioxanthone, dimethylthioxanthone, diethylthioxanthone), cyanines (eg, thiacarbocyanine, oxacarbocyanine), merocyanines ( For example, merocyanine, carbomerocyanine), rhodocyanines, oxonols, thiazines (eg, thionine, methylene blue, toluidine blue), acridines (eg, acridine oleoresin) Di, chloroflavin, acriflavine), acridones (eg, acridone, 10-butyl-2-chloroacridone), anthraquinones (eg, anthraquinone), squaliums (eg, squalium), styryls, base styryls ( For example, 2- [2- [4- (dimethylamino) phenyl] ethenyl] benzoxazole), coumarins (for example, 7-diethylamino 4-methylcoumarin, 7-hydroxy 4-methylcoumarin, 2,3,6,7 -Tetrahydro-9-methyl-1H, 5H, 11H [1] benzopyrano [6,7,8-ij] quinolizine-11-non).
Among these sensitizers, polynuclear aromatics, acridones, styryls, base styryls, and coumarins are preferable, and polynuclear aromatics are more preferable. Of the polynuclear aromatics, anthracene derivatives are most preferred.
本発明の感光性樹脂組成物は、必要に応じ、架橋剤を含有することが好ましい。架橋剤を添加することにより、本発明の感光性樹脂組成物により得られる硬化膜をより強固な膜とすることができる。
架橋剤としては、熱によって架橋反応が起こるものであれば制限は無い。(A成分を除く)。例えば、以下に述べる分子内に2個以上のエポキシ基又はオキセタニル基を有する化合物、アルコキシメチル基含有架橋剤、又は、少なくとも1個のエチレン性不飽和二重結合を有する化合物、ブロックイソシアネート化合物等を添加することができる。
本発明の感光性樹脂組成物中における架橋剤の添加量は、本発明の感光性樹脂組成物中の全固形分に対し、0.01~50質量%であることが好ましく、0.1~30質量%であることがより好ましく、0.5~20質量%であることがさらに好ましい。この範囲で添加することにより、機械的強度及び耐溶剤性に優れた硬化膜が得られる。架橋剤は複数を併用することもでき、その場合は架橋剤を全て合算して含有量を計算する。 Crosslinking agent It is preferable that the photosensitive resin composition of this invention contains a crosslinking agent as needed. By adding a crosslinking agent, the cured film obtained by the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention can be made a stronger film.
The crosslinking agent is not limited as long as a crosslinking reaction is caused by heat. (Excluding component A). For example, a compound having two or more epoxy groups or oxetanyl groups in the molecule described below, an alkoxymethyl group-containing crosslinking agent, a compound having at least one ethylenically unsaturated double bond, a blocked isocyanate compound, etc. Can be added.
The addition amount of the crosslinking agent in the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is preferably 0.01 to 50% by mass with respect to the total solid content in the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention, preferably 0.1 to It is more preferably 30% by mass, and further preferably 0.5 to 20% by mass. By adding in this range, a cured film excellent in mechanical strength and solvent resistance can be obtained. A plurality of crosslinking agents may be used in combination. In that case, the content is calculated by adding all the crosslinking agents.
分子内に2個以上のエポキシ基を有する化合物の具体例としては、ビスフェノールA型エポキシ樹脂、ビスフェノールF型エポキシ樹脂、フェノールノボラック型エポキシ樹脂、クレゾールノボラック型エポキシ樹脂、脂肪族エポキシ樹脂等を挙げることができる。 <Compound having two or more epoxy groups or oxetanyl groups in the molecule>
Specific examples of compounds having two or more epoxy groups in the molecule include bisphenol A type epoxy resins, bisphenol F type epoxy resins, phenol novolac type epoxy resins, cresol novolac type epoxy resins, aliphatic epoxy resins, and the like. Can do.
これらの中でも、ビスフェノールA型エポキシ樹脂、ビスフェノールF型エポキシ樹脂、フェノールノボラック型エポキシ樹脂及び脂肪族エポキシ樹脂がより好ましく挙げられ、ビスフェノールA型エポキシ樹脂が特に好ましく挙げられる。
分子内に2個以上のオキセタニル基を有する化合物の具体例としては、アロンオキセタンOXT-121、OXT-221、OX-SQ、PNOX(以上、東亞合成(株)製)を用いることができる。
また、オキセタニル基を含む化合物は、単独で又はエポキシ基を含む化合物と混合して使用することが好ましい。 These are available as commercial products. For example, JER152, JER157S70, JER157S65, JER806, JER828, JER1007 (manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Holdings Co., Ltd.), and the like are commercially available products described in paragraph No. 0189 of JP2011-221494, etc. EX-611, EX-612, EX-614, EX-614B, EX-622, EX-512, EX-521, EX-411, EX-421, EX-313, EX-314, EX-321, EX- 211, EX-212, EX-810, EX-811, EX-850, EX-851, EX-821, EX-830, EX-832, EX-841, EX-911, EX-941, EX-920, EX-931, EX-212L, EX-214L, EX-216L, X-321L, EX-850L, DLC-201, DLC-203, DLC-204, DLC-205, DLC-206, DLC-301, DLC-402 (manufactured by Nagase Chemtech), YH-300, YH-301 YH-302, YH-315, YH-324, YH-325 (manufactured by Nippon Steel Chemical Co., Ltd.) and the like. These can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
Among these, bisphenol A type epoxy resin, bisphenol F type epoxy resin, phenol novolac type epoxy resin and aliphatic epoxy resin are more preferable, and bisphenol A type epoxy resin is particularly preferable.
As specific examples of the compound having two or more oxetanyl groups in the molecule, Aron oxetane OXT-121, OXT-221, OX-SQ, PNOX (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.) can be used.
Moreover, it is preferable to use the compound containing an oxetanyl group individually or in mixture with the compound containing an epoxy group.
本発明の感光性樹脂組成物では、架橋剤として、ブロックイソシアネート系化合物も好ましく採用できる。ブロックイソシアネート化合物は、ブロックイソシアネート基を有する化合物であれば特に制限はないが、硬化性の観点から、1分子内に2以上のブロックイソシアネート基を有する化合物であることが好ましい。
なお、本発明におけるブロックイソシアネート基とは、熱によりイソシアネート基を生成することが可能な基であり、例えば、ブロック剤とイソシアネート基とを反応させイソシアネート基を保護した基が好ましく例示できる。また、前記ブロックイソシアネート基は、90℃~250℃の熱によりイソシアネート基を生成することが可能な基であることが好ましい。
また、ブロックイソシアネート化合物としては、その骨格は特に限定されるものではなく、1分子中にイソシアネート基を2個有するものであればどのようなものでもよく、脂肪族、脂環族又は芳香族のポリイソシアネートであってよいが、例えば2,4-トリレンジイソシアネート、2,6-トリレンジイソシアネート、イソホロンジイソシアネート、1,6-ヘキサメチレンジイソシアネート、1,3-トリメチレンジイソシアネート、1,4-テトラメチレンジイソシアネート、2,2,4-トリメチルヘキサメチレンジイソシアネート、2,4,4-トリメチルヘキサメチレンジイソシアネート、1,9-ノナメチレンジイソシアネート、1,10-デカメチレンジイソシアネート、1,4-シクロヘキサンジイソシアネート、2,2'-ジエチルエーテルジイソシアネート、ジフェニルメタン-4,4'-ジイソシアネート、o-キシレンジイソシアネート、m-キシレンジイソシアネート、p-キシレンジイソシアネート、メチレンビス(シクロヘキシルイソシアネート)、シクロヘキサン-1,3-ジメチレンジイソシアネート、シクロヘキサン-1,4-ジメチレレンジイソシアネート、1,5-ナフタレンジイソシアネート、p-フェニレンジイソシアネート、3,3'-メチレンジトリレン-4,4'-ジイソシアネート、4,4'-ジフェニルエーテルジイソシアネート、テトラクロロフェニレンジイソシアネート、ノルボルナンジイソシアネート、水素化1,3-キシリレンジイソシアネート、水素化1,4-キシリレンジイソシアネート等のイソシアネート化合物及びこれらの化合物から派生するプレポリマー型の骨格の化合物を好適に用いることができる。これらの中でも、トリレンジイソシアネート(TDI)やジフェニルメタンジイソシアネート(MDI)、ヘキサメチレンジイソシアネート(HDI)、イソホロンジイソシアネート(IPDI)が特に好ましい。
本発明の感光性樹脂組成物におけるブロックイソシアネート化合物の母構造としては、ビウレット型、イソシアヌレート型、アダクト型、2官能プレポリマー型等を挙げることができる。
前記ブロックイソシアネート化合物のブロック構造を形成するブロック剤としては、オキシム化合物、ラクタム化合物、フェノール化合物、アルコール化合物、アミン化合物、活性メチレン化合物、ピラゾール化合物、メルカプタン化合物、イミダゾール系化合物、イミド系化合物等を挙げることができる。これらの中でも、オキシム化合物、ラクタム化合物、フェノール化合物、アルコール化合物、アミン化合物、活性メチレン化合物、ピラゾール化合物から選ばれるブロック剤が特に好ましい。 <Block isocyanate compound>
In the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention, a blocked isocyanate compound can also be preferably employed as a crosslinking agent. The blocked isocyanate compound is not particularly limited as long as it is a compound having a blocked isocyanate group, but is preferably a compound having two or more blocked isocyanate groups in one molecule from the viewpoint of curability.
In addition, the blocked isocyanate group in this invention is a group which can produce | generate an isocyanate group with a heat | fever, For example, the group which reacted the blocking agent and the isocyanate group and protected the isocyanate group can illustrate preferably. The blocked isocyanate group is preferably a group capable of generating an isocyanate group by heat at 90 ° C. to 250 ° C.
Further, the skeleton of the blocked isocyanate compound is not particularly limited and may be any as long as it has two isocyanate groups in one molecule, and is aliphatic, alicyclic or aromatic. Polyisocyanates may be used, for example, 2,4-tolylene diisocyanate, 2,6-tolylene diisocyanate, isophorone diisocyanate, 1,6-hexamethylene diisocyanate, 1,3-trimethylene diisocyanate, 1,4-tetramethylene Diisocyanate, 2,2,4-trimethylhexamethylene diisocyanate, 2,4,4-trimethylhexamethylene diisocyanate, 1,9-nonamethylene diisocyanate, 1,10-decamethylene diisocyanate, 1,4-cyclohexane diisocyanate, 2, '-Diethyl ether diisocyanate, diphenylmethane-4,4'-diisocyanate, o-xylene diisocyanate, m-xylene diisocyanate, p-xylene diisocyanate, methylene bis (cyclohexyl isocyanate), cyclohexane-1,3-dimethylene diisocyanate, cyclohexane-1, 4-dimethylene diisocyanate, 1,5-naphthalene diisocyanate, p-phenylene diisocyanate, 3,3′-methylene ditolylene-4,4′-diisocyanate, 4,4′-diphenyl ether diisocyanate, tetrachlorophenylene diisocyanate, norbornane diisocyanate, Isocyanate compounds such as hydrogenated 1,3-xylylene diisocyanate and hydrogenated 1,4-xylylene diisocyanate And prepolymer-type skeleton compounds derived from these compounds can be suitably used. Among these, tolylene diisocyanate (TDI), diphenylmethane diisocyanate (MDI), hexamethylene diisocyanate (HDI), and isophorone diisocyanate (IPDI) are particularly preferable.
Examples of the matrix structure of the blocked isocyanate compound in the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention include biuret type, isocyanurate type, adduct type, and bifunctional prepolymer type.
Examples of the blocking agent that forms the block structure of the blocked isocyanate compound include oxime compounds, lactam compounds, phenol compounds, alcohol compounds, amine compounds, active methylene compounds, pyrazole compounds, mercaptan compounds, imidazole compounds, and imide compounds. be able to. Among these, a blocking agent selected from oxime compounds, lactam compounds, phenol compounds, alcohol compounds, amine compounds, active methylene compounds, and pyrazole compounds is particularly preferable.
前記ラクタム化合物としてはε-カプロラクタム、γ-ブチロラクタム等が例示できる。
前記フェノール化合物としては、フェノール、ナフトール、クレゾール、キシレノール、ハロゲン置換フェノール等が例示できる。
前記アルコール化合物としては、メタノール、エタノール、プロパノール、ブタノール、シクロヘキサノール、エチレングリコールモノアルキルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノアルキルエーテル、乳酸アルキル等が例示できる。
前記アミン化合物としては、1級アミン及び2級アミンが上げられ、芳香族アミン、脂肪族アミン、脂環族アミンいずれでもよく、アニリン、ジフェニルアミン、エチレンイミン、ポリエチレンイミン等が例示できる。
前記活性メチレン化合物としては、マロン酸ジエチル、マロン酸ジメチル、アセト酢酸エチル、アセト酢酸メチル等が例示できる。
前記ピラゾール化合物としては、ピラゾール、メチルピラゾール、ジメチルピラゾール等が例示できる。
前記メルカプタン化合物としては、アルキルメルカプタン、アリールメルカプタン等が例示できる。 Examples of the oxime compound include oxime and ketoxime, and specific examples include acetoxime, formaldoxime, cyclohexane oxime, methyl ethyl ketone oxime, cyclohexanone oxime, benzophenone oxime, and acetoxime.
Examples of the lactam compound include ε-caprolactam and γ-butyrolactam.
Examples of the phenol compound include phenol, naphthol, cresol, xylenol, and halogen-substituted phenol.
Examples of the alcohol compound include methanol, ethanol, propanol, butanol, cyclohexanol, ethylene glycol monoalkyl ether, propylene glycol monoalkyl ether, and alkyl lactate.
Examples of the amine compound include primary amines and secondary amines, which may be aromatic amines, aliphatic amines, and alicyclic amines, and examples thereof include aniline, diphenylamine, ethyleneimine, and polyethyleneimine.
Examples of the active methylene compound include diethyl malonate, dimethyl malonate, ethyl acetoacetate, methyl acetoacetate and the like.
Examples of the pyrazole compound include pyrazole, methylpyrazole, dimethylpyrazole and the like.
Examples of the mercaptan compound include alkyl mercaptans and aryl mercaptans.
本発明の感光性樹脂組成物は、アルコキシシラン化合物を含有してもよい。アルコキシシラン化合物を用いると、本発明の感光性樹脂組成物により形成された膜と基板との密着性を向上できたり、本発明の感光性樹脂組成物により形成された膜の性質を調整することができる。本発明の感光性樹脂組成物に用いることができるアルコキシシラン化合物は、基材となる無機物、例えば、シリコン、酸化シリコン、窒化シリコン等のシリコン化合物、金、銅、モリブデン、チタン、アルミニウム等の金属と絶縁膜との密着性を向上させる化合物であることが好ましい。具体的には、公知のシランカップリング剤等も有効である。
シランカップリング剤としては、例えば、γ-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン、γ-アミノプロピルトリエトキシシラン、γ-グリシドキシプロピルトリアコキシシラン、γ-グリシドキシプロピルジアルコキシシラン、γ-メタクリロキシプロピルトリアルコキシシラン、γ-メタクリロキシプロピルジアルコキシシラン、γ-クロロプロピルトリアルコキシシラン、γ-メルカプトプロピルトリアルコキシシラン、β-(3,4-エポキシシクロヘキシル)エチルトリアルコキシシラン、ビニルトリアルコキシシランが挙げられる。これらのうち、γ-グリシドキシプロピルトリアルコキシシランやγ-メタクリロキシプロピルトリアルコキシシランがより好ましく、γ-グリシドキシプロピルトリアルコキシシランがさらに好ましく、3-グリシドキシプロピルトリメトキシシランがよりさらに好ましい。これらは1種単独又は2種以上を組み合わせて使用することができる。 Alkoxysilane Compound The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention may contain an alkoxysilane compound. When an alkoxysilane compound is used, the adhesion between the film formed from the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention and the substrate can be improved, or the properties of the film formed from the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention can be adjusted. Can do. The alkoxysilane compound that can be used in the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is a base material, for example, a silicon compound such as silicon, silicon oxide, or silicon nitride, or a metal such as gold, copper, molybdenum, titanium, or aluminum. Preferably, the compound improves the adhesion between the insulating film and the insulating film. Specifically, a known silane coupling agent or the like is also effective.
Examples of silane coupling agents include γ-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, γ-aminopropyltriethoxysilane, γ-glycidoxypropyltriacoxysilane, γ-glycidoxypropyl dialkoxysilane, and γ-methacryloxy. Propyltrialkoxysilane, γ-methacryloxypropyl dialkoxysilane, γ-chloropropyltrialkoxysilane, γ-mercaptopropyltrialkoxysilane, β- (3,4-epoxycyclohexyl) ethyltrialkoxysilane, vinyltrialkoxysilane Can be mentioned. Of these, γ-glycidoxypropyltrialkoxysilane and γ-methacryloxypropyltrialkoxysilane are more preferable, γ-glycidoxypropyltrialkoxysilane is more preferable, and 3-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane is more preferable. Further preferred. These can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
(R1)4-n-Si-(OR2)n
一般式中、R1は反応性基を有さない炭素数1~20の炭化水素基であり、R2は炭素数1~3のアルキル基又はフェニル基であり、nは1~3の整数である。
具体例として以下の化合物をあげることができる。
(R 1 ) 4-n -Si- (OR 2 ) n
In the general formula, R 1 is a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms having no reactive group, R 2 is an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms or a phenyl group, and n is an integer of 1 to 3 It is.
Specific examples thereof include the following compounds.
本発明の感光性樹脂組成物におけるアルコキシシラン化合物の含有量は、本発明の感光性樹脂組成物中の全固形分に対し、0.1~30質量%が好ましく、0.5~20質量%がより好ましい。 The alkoxysilane compound in the photosensitive resin composition of this invention is not specifically limited to these, A well-known thing can be used.
The content of the alkoxysilane compound in the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is preferably 0.1 to 30% by mass, and preferably 0.5 to 20% by mass with respect to the total solid content in the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention. Is more preferable.
本発明の感光性樹脂組成物は、塩基性化合物を含有してもよい。塩基性化合物としては、化学増幅レジストで用いられるものの中から任意に選択して使用することができる。例えば、脂肪族アミン、芳香族アミン、複素環式アミン、第四級アンモニウムヒドロキシド、カルボン酸の第四級アンモニウム塩等が挙げられる。これらの具体例としては、特開2011-221494号公報の段落番号0204~0207に記載の化合物が挙げられ、これらの内容は本願明細書に組み込まれる。 Basic Compound The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention may contain a basic compound. The basic compound can be arbitrarily selected from those used in chemically amplified resists. Examples include aliphatic amines, aromatic amines, heterocyclic amines, quaternary ammonium hydroxides, quaternary ammonium salts of carboxylic acids, and the like. Specific examples thereof include compounds described in JP-A 2011-212494, paragraphs 0204 to 0207, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
芳香族アミンとしては、例えば、アニリン、ベンジルアミン、N,N-ジメチルアニリン、ジフェニルアミンなどが挙げられる。
複素環式アミンとしては、例えば、ピリジン、2-メチルピリジン、4-メチルピリジン、2-エチルピリジン、4-エチルピリジン、2-フェニルピリジン、4-フェニルピリジン、N-メチル-4-フェニルピリジン、4-ジメチルアミノピリジン、イミダゾール、ベンズイミダゾール、4-メチルイミダゾール、2-フェニルベンズイミダゾール、2,4,5-トリフェニルイミダゾール、ニコチン、ニコチン酸、ニコチン酸アミド、キノリン、8-オキシキノリン、ピラジン、ピラゾール、ピリダジン、プリン、ピロリジン、ピペリジン、ピペラジン、モルホリン、4-メチルモルホリン、N-シクロヘキシル-N’-[2-(4-モルホリニル)エチル]チオ尿素、1,5-ジアザビシクロ[4.3.0]-5-ノネン、1,8-ジアザビシクロ[5.3.0]-7-ウンデセンなどが挙げられる。
第四級アンモニウムヒドロキシドとしては、例えば、テトラメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、テトラエチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、テトラ-n-ブチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、テトラ-n-ヘキシルアンモニウムヒドロキシドなどが挙げられる。
カルボン酸の第四級アンモニウム塩としては、例えば、テトラメチルアンモニウムアセテート、テトラメチルアンモニウムベンゾエート、テトラ-n-ブチルアンモニウムアセテート、テトラ-n-ブチルアンモニウムベンゾエートなどが挙げられる。
本発明に用いることができる塩基性化合物は、1種単独で使用しても、2種以上を併用してもよい。 Specific examples of the aliphatic amine include trimethylamine, diethylamine, triethylamine, di-n-propylamine, tri-n-propylamine, di-n-pentylamine, tri-n-pentylamine, diethanolamine, triethanolamine, and the like. Examples include ethanolamine, dicyclohexylamine, and dicyclohexylmethylamine.
Examples of the aromatic amine include aniline, benzylamine, N, N-dimethylaniline, diphenylamine and the like.
Examples of the heterocyclic amine include pyridine, 2-methylpyridine, 4-methylpyridine, 2-ethylpyridine, 4-ethylpyridine, 2-phenylpyridine, 4-phenylpyridine, N-methyl-4-phenylpyridine, 4-dimethylaminopyridine, imidazole, benzimidazole, 4-methylimidazole, 2-phenylbenzimidazole, 2,4,5-triphenylimidazole, nicotine, nicotinic acid, nicotinamide, quinoline, 8-oxyquinoline, pyrazine, Pyrazole, pyridazine, purine, pyrrolidine, piperidine, piperazine, morpholine, 4-methylmorpholine, N-cyclohexyl-N ′-[2- (4-morpholinyl) ethyl] thiourea, 1,5-diazabicyclo [4.3.0 ] -5-Nonene, 1,8-di And azabicyclo [5.3.0] -7-undecene.
Examples of the quaternary ammonium hydroxide include tetramethylammonium hydroxide, tetraethylammonium hydroxide, tetra-n-butylammonium hydroxide, tetra-n-hexylammonium hydroxide, and the like.
Examples of the quaternary ammonium salt of carboxylic acid include tetramethylammonium acetate, tetramethylammonium benzoate, tetra-n-butylammonium acetate, tetra-n-butylammonium benzoate and the like.
The basic compounds that can be used in the present invention may be used singly or in combination of two or more.
本発明の感光性樹脂組成物は、界面活性剤を含有してもよい。界面活性剤としては、アニオン系、カチオン系、ノニオン系、又は、両性のいずれでも使用することができるが、好ましい界面活性剤はノニオン界面活性剤である。本発明の組成物に用いられる界面活性剤としては、例えば、特開2012-88459号公報の段落番号0201~0205に記載のものや、特開2011-215580号公報の段落番号0185~0188に記載のものを用いることができ、これらの記載は本願明細書に組み込まれる。
ノニオン系界面活性剤の例としては、ポリオキシエチレン高級アルキルエーテル類、ポリオキシエチレン高級アルキルフェニルエーテル類、ポリオキシエチレングリコールの高級脂肪酸ジエステル類、シリコーン系、フッ素系界面活性剤を挙げることができる。また、以下商品名で、KP-341、X-22-822(信越化学工業(株)製)、ポリフローNo.99C(共栄社化学(株)製)、エフトップ(三菱マテリアル化成社製)、メガファック(DIC(株)製)、フロラードノベックFC-4430(住友スリーエム(株)製)、サーフロンS-242(AGCセイミケミカル社製)、PolyFoxPF-6320(OMNOVA社製)、SH-8400(東レ・ダウコーニングシリコーン)、フタージェントFTX-218G(ネオス社製)等を挙げることができる。
また、界面活性剤として、下記一般式(I-1-1)で表される構成単位A及び構成単位Bを含み、テトラヒドロフラン(THF)を溶媒とした場合のゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィーで測定されるポリスチレン換算の重量平均分子量(Mw)が1,000以上10,000以下である共重合体を好ましい例として挙げることができる。 Surfactant The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention may contain a surfactant. As the surfactant, any of anionic, cationic, nonionic or amphoteric can be used, but a preferred surfactant is a nonionic surfactant. Examples of the surfactant used in the composition of the present invention include those described in paragraph Nos. 0201 to 0205 in JP2012-88459A, and paragraphs 0185 to 0188 in JP2011-215580A. Can be used and these descriptions are incorporated herein.
Examples of nonionic surfactants include polyoxyethylene higher alkyl ethers, polyoxyethylene higher alkyl phenyl ethers, higher fatty acid diesters of polyoxyethylene glycol, silicone-based and fluorine-based surfactants. . The following trade names are KP-341, X-22-822 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.), Polyflow No. 99C (manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.), F Top (manufactured by Mitsubishi Materials Kasei Co., Ltd.), MegaFac (manufactured by DIC Corporation), Florard Novec FC-4430 (manufactured by Sumitomo 3M Co., Ltd.), Surflon S-242 (Manufactured by AGC Seimi Chemical Co., Ltd.), PolyFoxPF-6320 (manufactured by OMNOVA), SH-8400 (Toray Dow Corning Silicone), and footgent FTX-218G (manufactured by Neos).
Further, the surfactant is measured by gel permeation chromatography using the structural unit A and the structural unit B represented by the following general formula (I-1-1) and tetrahydrofuran (THF) as a solvent. A preferred example is a copolymer having a polystyrene-equivalent weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 1,000 or more and 10,000 or less.
これらの界面活性剤は、1種単独で又は2種以上を混合して使用することができる。
本発明の感光性樹脂組成物における界面活性剤の添加量は、本発明の感光性樹脂組成物中の全固形分に対し、10質量%以下であることが好ましく、0.001~10質量%であることがより好ましく、0.01~3質量%であることがさらに好ましい。 The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the copolymer is more preferably from 1,500 to 5,000.
These surfactants can be used individually by 1 type or in mixture of 2 or more types.
The addition amount of the surfactant in the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is preferably 10% by mass or less, and preferably 0.001 to 10% by mass with respect to the total solid content in the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention. More preferably, the content is 0.01 to 3% by mass.
本発明の感光性樹脂組成物は、酸化防止剤を含有してもよい。酸化防止剤としては、公知の酸化防止剤を含有することができる。酸化防止剤を添加することにより、硬化膜の着色を防止できる、又は、分解による膜厚減少を低減でき、また、耐熱透明性に優れるという利点がある。
このような酸化防止剤としては、例えば、リン系酸化防止剤、アミド類、ヒドラジド類、ヒンダードアミン系酸化防止剤、イオウ系酸化防止剤、フェノール系酸化防止剤、アスコルビン酸類、硫酸亜鉛、糖類、亜硝酸塩、亜硫酸塩、チオ硫酸塩、ヒドロキシルアミン誘導体などを挙げることができる。これらの中では、硬化膜の着色、膜厚減少の観点から特にフェノール系酸化防止剤、アミド系酸化防止剤、ヒドラジド系酸化防止剤、イオウ系酸化防止剤が好ましく、フェノール系酸化防止剤が最も好ましい。これらは1種単独で用いてもよいし、2種以上を混合してもよい。
具体例としては、特開2005-29515号公報の段落番号0026~0031に記載の化合物を挙げる事ができ、これらの内容は本願明細書に組み込まれる。
好ましい市販品として、アデカスタブAO-60、アデカスタブAO-80、イルガノックス1726、イルガノックス1035、イルガノックス1098を挙げる事ができる。 Antioxidant The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention may contain an antioxidant. As an antioxidant, a well-known antioxidant can be contained. By adding an antioxidant, there is an advantage that coloring of the cured film can be prevented, or a decrease in film thickness due to decomposition can be reduced, and heat resistant transparency is excellent.
Examples of such antioxidants include phosphorus antioxidants, amides, hydrazides, hindered amine antioxidants, sulfur antioxidants, phenol antioxidants, ascorbic acids, zinc sulfate, sugars, Examples thereof include nitrates, sulfites, thiosulfates, and hydroxylamine derivatives. Of these, phenol-based antioxidants, amide-based antioxidants, hydrazide-based antioxidants, and sulfur-based antioxidants are particularly preferable from the viewpoint of coloring the cured film and reducing the film thickness. preferable. These may be used individually by 1 type and may mix 2 or more types.
Specific examples include the compounds described in JP-A-2005-29515, paragraphs 0026 to 0031, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
Preferred commercial products include ADK STAB AO-60, ADK STAB AO-80, IRGANOX 1726, IRGANOX 1035 and IRGANOX 1098.
本発明の感光性樹脂組成物は、感度向上を目的に、酸増殖剤を用いることができる。
本発明に用いることができる酸増殖剤は、酸触媒反応によってさらに酸を発生して反応系内の酸濃度を上昇させることができる化合物であり、酸が存在しない状態では安定に存在する化合物である。
このような酸増殖剤の具体例としては、特開2011-221494の段落番号0226~0228に記載の酸増殖剤が挙げられ、この内容は本願明細書に組み込まれる。 [Acid multiplication agent]
In the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention, an acid proliferating agent can be used for the purpose of improving sensitivity.
The acid proliferating agent that can be used in the present invention is a compound that can further generate an acid by an acid-catalyzed reaction to increase the acid concentration in the reaction system, and is a compound that exists stably in the absence of an acid. is there.
Specific examples of such an acid proliferating agent include the acid proliferating agents described in paragraph numbers 0226 to 0228 of JP2011-212494A, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
本発明の感光性樹脂組成物は、現像促進剤を含有することができる。
現像促進剤としては、特開2012-042837号公報の段落番号0171~0172に記載されているものを参酌でき、この内容は本願明細書に組み込まれる。
現像促進剤は、1種を単独で用いてもよいし、2種以上を併用することも可能である。
本発明の感光性樹脂組成物における現像促進剤の添加量は、感度と残膜率の観点から、感光性組成物の全固形分100質量部に対し、0~30質量部が好ましく、0.1~20質量部がより好ましく、0.5~10質量部であることが最も好ましい。
また、その他の添加剤としては特開2012-8223号公報の段落番号0120~0121に記載の熱ラジカル発生剤、WO2011/136074A1に記載の窒素含有化合物及び熱酸発生剤も用いることができ、これらの内容は本願明細書に組み込まれる。 [Development accelerator]
The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention can contain a development accelerator.
As the development accelerator, those described in paragraphs 0171 to 0172 of JP2012-042837A can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification.
A development accelerator may be used individually by 1 type, and can also use 2 or more types together.
The addition amount of the development accelerator in the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is preferably 0 to 30 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total solid content of the photosensitive composition, from the viewpoint of sensitivity and residual film ratio. 1 to 20 parts by mass is more preferable, and 0.5 to 10 parts by mass is most preferable.
As other additives, thermal radical generators described in paragraphs 0120 to 0121 of JP2012-8223A, nitrogen-containing compounds and thermal acid generators described in WO2011-133604A1, can be used. Is incorporated herein by reference.
各成分を所定の割合でかつ任意の方法で混合し、撹拌溶解して感光性樹脂組成物を調製する。例えば、成分を、それぞれ予め溶剤に溶解させた溶液とした後、これらを所定の割合で混合して樹脂組成物を調製することもできる。以上のように調製した組成物溶液は、例えば孔径0.2μmのフィルター等を用いてろ過した後に、使用することもできる。 <Method for preparing photosensitive resin composition>
Each component is mixed in a predetermined ratio and by any method, stirred and dissolved to prepare a photosensitive resin composition. For example, a resin composition can be prepared by preparing a solution in which components are dissolved in a solvent in advance and then mixing them in a predetermined ratio. The composition solution prepared as described above can be used after being filtered using, for example, a filter having a pore diameter of 0.2 μm.
次に、本発明の硬化膜の製造方法を説明する。
本発明の硬化膜の製造方法は、以下の(1)~(5)の工程を含むことが好ましい。
(1)本発明の感光性樹脂組成物を基板上に適用する工程;
(2)適用された感光性樹脂組成物から溶剤を除去する工程;
(3)溶剤が除去された感光性樹脂組成物を活性光線により露光する工程;
(4)露光された感光性樹脂組成物を水性現像液により現像する工程;
(5)現像された熱硬化するポストベーク工程。
以下に各工程を順に説明する。 [Method for producing cured film]
Next, the manufacturing method of the cured film of this invention is demonstrated.
The method for producing a cured film of the present invention preferably includes the following steps (1) to (5).
(1) The process of applying the photosensitive resin composition of this invention on a board | substrate;
(2) removing the solvent from the applied photosensitive resin composition;
(3) The process of exposing the photosensitive resin composition from which the solvent was removed with actinic rays;
(4) A step of developing the exposed photosensitive resin composition with an aqueous developer;
(5) A developed post-baking step for thermosetting.
Each step will be described below in order.
上記の基板としては、無機基板、樹脂、樹脂複合材料などが挙げられる。
無機基板としては、例えばガラス、石英、シリコーン、シリコンナイトライド、及び、それらのような基板上にモリブデン、チタン、アルミ、銅などを蒸着した複合基板が挙げられる。
樹脂としては、ポリブチレンテレフタレート、ポリエチレンテレフタレート、ポリエチレンナフタレート、ポリブチレンナフタレート、ポリスチレン、ポリカーボネート、ポリスルホン、ポリエーテルスルホン、ポリアリレート、アリルジグリコールカーボネート、ポリアミド、ポリイミド、ポリアミドイミド、ポリエーテルイミド、ポリベンズアゾール、ポリフェニレンサルファイド、ポリシクロオレフィン、ノルボルネン樹脂、ポリクロロトリフルオロエチレン等のフッ素樹脂、液晶ポリマー、アクリル樹脂、エポキシ樹脂、シリコーン樹脂、アイオノマー樹脂、シアネート樹脂、架橋フマル酸ジエステル、環状ポリオレフィン、芳香族エーテル、マレイミドーオレフィン、セルロース、エピスルフィド化合物等の合成樹脂からなる基板が挙げられる。
これらの基板は、上記の形態のまま用いられる場合は少なく、通常、最終製品の形態によって、例えばTFT素子のような多層積層構造が形成されている。
基板への適用方法は特に限定されず、例えば、スリットコート法、スプレー法、ロールコート法、回転塗布法、流延塗布法、スリットアンドスピン法等の方法を用いることができる。
適用したときの湿潤膜厚は特に限定されるものではなく、用途に応じた膜厚で塗布することができるが、通常は0.5~10μmの範囲で使用される。
さらに、基板に本発明で用いられる組成物を塗布する前に、特開2009-145395号公報に記載されているような、所謂プリウェット法を適用することも可能である。 In the application step (1), it is preferable to apply (preferably apply) the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention onto a substrate to form a wet film containing a solvent. Before applying the photosensitive resin resin composition to the substrate, it is preferable to perform substrate cleaning such as alkali cleaning or plasma cleaning, and it is more preferable to treat the substrate surface with hexamethyldisilazane after substrate cleaning. By performing this treatment, the adhesiveness of the photosensitive resin composition to the substrate tends to be improved. The method for treating the substrate surface with hexamethyldisilazane is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a method in which the substrate is exposed to hexamethyldisilazane vapor.
Examples of the substrate include inorganic substrates, resins, and resin composite materials.
Examples of the inorganic substrate include glass, quartz, silicone, silicon nitride, and a composite substrate in which molybdenum, titanium, aluminum, copper, or the like is vapor-deposited on such a substrate.
The resins include polybutylene terephthalate, polyethylene terephthalate, polyethylene naphthalate, polybutylene naphthalate, polystyrene, polycarbonate, polysulfone, polyethersulfone, polyarylate, allyl diglycol carbonate, polyamide, polyimide, polyamideimide, polyetherimide, poly Fluorine resins such as benzazole, polyphenylene sulfide, polycycloolefin, norbornene resin, polychlorotrifluoroethylene, liquid crystal polymer, acrylic resin, epoxy resin, silicone resin, ionomer resin, cyanate resin, crosslinked fumaric acid diester, cyclic polyolefin, aromatic Made of synthetic resin such as aromatic ether, maleimide-olefin, cellulose, episulfide compound And the like.
These substrates are rarely used in the above-described form, and usually a multilayer laminated structure such as a TFT element is formed depending on the form of the final product.
The application method to the substrate is not particularly limited, and for example, a slit coating method, a spray method, a roll coating method, a spin coating method, a casting coating method, a slit and spin method, or the like can be used.
The wet film thickness when applied is not particularly limited, and can be applied with a film thickness according to the application, but is usually used in the range of 0.5 to 10 μm.
Furthermore, before applying the composition used in the present invention to the substrate, it is possible to apply a so-called pre-wet method as described in JP-A-2009-145395.
活性光線による露光光源としては、低圧水銀灯、高圧水銀灯、超高圧水銀灯、ケミカルランプ、LED光源、エキシマレーザー発生装置などを用いることができ、i線(365nm)、h線(405nm)、g線(436nm)などの波長300nm以上450nm以下の波長を有する活性光線が好ましく使用できる。また、必要に応じて長波長カットフィルター、短波長カットフィルター、バンドパスフィルターのような分光フィルターを通して照射光を調整することもできる。露光量は好ましくは1~500mj/cm2である。
露光装置としては、ミラープロジェクションアライナー、ステッパー、スキャナー、プロキシミティ、コンタクト、マイクロレンズアレイ、レンズスキャナ、レーザー露光、など各種方式の露光機を用いることができる。
酸触媒の生成した領域において、上記の加水分解反応を加速させるために、露光後加熱処理:Post Exposure Bake(以下、「PEB」ともいう。)を行うことができる。PEBにより、酸分解性基からのカルボキシル基又はフェノール性水酸基の生成を促進させることができる。PEBを行う場合の温度は、30℃以上130℃以下であることが好ましく、40℃以上110℃以下がより好ましく、50℃以上100℃以下が特に好ましい。
ただし、本発明における酸分解性基は、酸分解の活性化エネルギーが低く、露光による酸発生剤由来の酸により容易に分解し、カルボキシル基又はフェノール性水酸基を生じるため、必ずしもPEBを行うことなく、現像によりポジ画像を形成することもできる。 In the exposure step (3), the substrate provided with the coating film is irradiated with an actinic ray having a predetermined pattern. In this step, the photoacid generator is decomposed to generate an acid. By the catalytic action of the generated acid, the acid-decomposable group contained in the coating film component is hydrolyzed to generate a carboxyl group or a phenolic hydroxyl group.
As an exposure light source using actinic light, a low-pressure mercury lamp, a high-pressure mercury lamp, an ultrahigh-pressure mercury lamp, a chemical lamp, an LED light source, an excimer laser generator, and the like can be used, i-line (365 nm), h-line (405 nm), g-line ( Actinic rays having a wavelength of 300 nm to 450 nm, such as 436 nm), can be preferably used. Moreover, irradiation light can also be adjusted through spectral filters, such as a long wavelength cut filter, a short wavelength cut filter, and a band pass filter, as needed. The exposure amount is preferably 1 to 500 mj / cm 2 .
As the exposure apparatus, various types of exposure machines such as a mirror projection aligner, a stepper, a scanner, a proximity, a contact, a microlens array, a lens scanner, and a laser exposure can be used.
In order to accelerate the hydrolysis reaction in the region where the acid catalyst is generated, post-exposure heat treatment: Post Exposure Bake (hereinafter also referred to as “PEB”) can be performed. PEB can promote the formation of a carboxyl group or a phenolic hydroxyl group from an acid-decomposable group. The temperature for performing PEB is preferably 30 ° C. or higher and 130 ° C. or lower, more preferably 40 ° C. or higher and 110 ° C. or lower, and particularly preferably 50 ° C. or higher and 100 ° C. or lower.
However, the acid-decomposable group in the present invention has a low activation energy for acid decomposition and is easily decomposed by an acid derived from an acid generator by exposure to generate a carboxyl group or a phenolic hydroxyl group. A positive image can also be formed by development.
現像工程で使用する現像液には、塩基性化合物が含まれることが好ましい。塩基性化合物としては、例えば、水酸化リチウム、水酸化ナトリウム、水酸化カリウムなどのアルカリ金属水酸化物類;炭酸ナトリウム、炭酸カリウムなどのアルカリ金属炭酸塩類;重炭酸ナトリウム、重炭酸カリウムなどのアルカリ金属重炭酸塩類;テトラメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、テトラエチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、コリンヒドロキシド等のアンモニウムヒドロキシド類;ケイ酸ナトリウム、メタケイ酸ナトリウムなどの水溶液を使用することができる。また、上記アルカリ類の水溶液にメタノールやエタノールなどの水溶性有機溶剤や界面活性剤を適当量添加した水溶液を現像液として使用することもできる。
好ましい現像液として、テトラメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシドの0.4~2.5質量%水溶液を挙げる事ができる。
現像液のpHは、好ましくは10.0~14.0である。
現像時間は、好ましくは30~500秒間であり、また、現像の手法は液盛り法(パドル法)、シャワー法、ディップ法等の何れでもよい。
現像の後に、リンス工程を行うこともできる。リンス工程では、現像後の基板を純水などで洗うことで、付着している現像液除去、現像残渣除去を行う。リンス方法は公知の方法を用いることができる。例えばシャワーリンスやディップリンスなどを挙げる事ができる。 In the developing step (4), a copolymer having a liberated carboxyl group or phenolic hydroxyl group is developed using an alkaline developer. A positive image is formed by removing an exposed area containing a resin composition having a carboxyl group or a phenolic hydroxyl group that is easily dissolved in an alkaline developer.
The developer used in the development step preferably contains a basic compound. Examples of the basic compound include alkali metal hydroxides such as lithium hydroxide, sodium hydroxide and potassium hydroxide; alkali metal carbonates such as sodium carbonate and potassium carbonate; alkalis such as sodium bicarbonate and potassium bicarbonate Metal bicarbonates; ammonium hydroxides such as tetramethylammonium hydroxide, tetraethylammonium hydroxide and choline hydroxide; aqueous solutions such as sodium silicate and sodium metasilicate can be used. An aqueous solution obtained by adding an appropriate amount of a water-soluble organic solvent such as methanol or ethanol or a surfactant to the alkaline aqueous solution can also be used as a developer.
As a preferred developing solution, a 0.4 to 2.5 mass% aqueous solution of tetramethylammonium hydroxide can be mentioned.
The pH of the developer is preferably 10.0 to 14.0.
The development time is preferably 30 to 500 seconds, and the development method may be any of a liquid piling method (paddle method), a shower method, a dipping method, and the like.
A rinsing step can also be performed after development. In the rinsing step, the developed substrate and the development residue are removed by washing the developed substrate with pure water or the like. A known method can be used as the rinsing method. For example, shower rinse and dip rinse can be mentioned.
ポストベークの前に、比較的低温でベークを行った後にポストベークすることもできる(ミドルベーク工程の追加)。ミドルベークを行う場合は、90~150℃で1~60分加熱した後に、200℃以上の高温でポストベークすることが好ましい。また、ミドルベーク、ポストベークを3段階以上の多段階に分けて加熱する事もできる。このようなミドルベーク、ポストベークの工夫により、パターンのテーパー角を調整することができる。これらの加熱は、ホットプレート、オーブン、赤外線ヒーターなど、公知の加熱方法を使用することができる。
なお、ポストベークに先立ち、パターンを形成した基板に活性光線により全面再露光(ポスト露光)した後、ポストベークすることにより未露光部分に存在する光酸発生剤から酸を発生させ、架橋工程を促進する触媒として機能させることができ、膜の硬化反応を促進することができる。ポスト露光工程を含む場合の好ましい露光量としては、100~3,000mJ/cm2が好ましく、100~500mJ/cm2が特に好ましい。 In the post-baking step of (5), by heating the obtained positive image, the acid-decomposable group is thermally decomposed to generate a carboxyl group or a phenolic hydroxyl group, and then crosslinked with a crosslinkable group, a crosslinking agent or the like. A cured film can be formed. This heating is performed using a heating device such as a hot plate or an oven at a predetermined temperature, for example, 180 to 250 ° C. for a predetermined time, for example, 5 to 90 minutes on the hot plate, 30 to 120 minutes for the oven. It is preferable to By proceeding the crosslinking reaction in this way, a protective film and an interlayer insulating film that are superior in heat resistance, hardness, and the like can be formed. In addition, when the heat treatment is performed in a nitrogen atmosphere, the transparency can be further improved.
Prior to post-baking, post-baking can be performed after baking at a relatively low temperature (addition of a middle baking process). When middle baking is performed, it is preferable to post-bake at a high temperature of 200 ° C. or higher after heating at 90 to 150 ° C. for 1 to 60 minutes. Moreover, middle baking and post-baking can be heated in three or more stages. The taper angle of the pattern can be adjusted by devising such middle baking and post baking. These heating methods can use well-known heating methods, such as a hotplate, oven, and an infrared heater.
Prior to post-baking, the entire surface of the patterned substrate was re-exposed with actinic rays (post-exposure), and then post-baked to generate an acid from the photoacid generator present in the unexposed portion, thereby performing a crosslinking step. It can function as a catalyst to promote, and can accelerate the curing reaction of the film. The preferred exposure amount in the case of including a post-exposure step, preferably 100 ~ 3,000mJ / cm 2, particularly preferably 100 ~ 500mJ / cm 2.
本発明の硬化膜は、上述した本発明の感光性樹脂組成物を硬化して得られた硬化膜である。
本発明の硬化膜は、層間絶縁膜として好適に用いることができる。また、本発明の硬化膜は、上述した本発明の硬化膜の形成方法により得られた硬化膜であることが好ましい。
本発明の感光性樹脂組成物により、絶縁性に優れ、高温でベークされた場合においても高い透明性を有する層間絶縁膜が得られる。本発明の感光性樹脂組成物を用いてなる層間絶縁膜は、高い透明性を有し、硬化膜物性に優れるため、液晶表示装置や有機EL表示装置の用途に有用である。 [Curing film]
The cured film of the present invention is a cured film obtained by curing the above-described photosensitive resin composition of the present invention.
The cured film of the present invention can be suitably used as an interlayer insulating film. Moreover, it is preferable that the cured film of this invention is a cured film obtained by the formation method of the cured film of this invention mentioned above.
With the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention, an interlayer insulating film having excellent insulation and high transparency even when baked at high temperatures can be obtained. Since the interlayer insulating film using the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention has high transparency and excellent cured film properties, it is useful for liquid crystal display devices and organic EL display devices.
本発明の液晶表示装置は、本発明の硬化膜を具備することを特徴とする。
本発明の液晶表示装置としては、上記本発明の感光性樹脂組成物を用いて形成される平坦化膜や層間絶縁膜を有すること以外は特に制限されず、様々な構造をとる公知の液晶表示装置を挙げることができる。
例えば、本発明の液晶表示装置が具備するTFT(Thin-Film Transistor)の具体例としては、アモルファスシリコン-TFT、低温ポリシリコンーTFT、酸化物半導体TFT等が挙げられる。本発明の硬化膜は電気特性に優れるため、これらのTFTに組み合わせて好ましく用いることができる。
また、本発明の液晶表示装置が取りうる液晶駆動方式としてはTN(TwistedNematic)方式、VA(Virtical Alignment)方式、IPS(In-Place-Switching)方式、FFS(Frings Field Switching)方式、OCB(Optical Compensated Bend)方式などが挙げられる。
パネル構成においては、COA(Color Filter on Allay)方式の液晶表示装置でも本発明の硬化膜を用いることができ、例えば、特開2005-284291の有機絶縁膜(115)や、特開2005-346054の有機絶縁膜(212)として用いることができる。また、本発明の液晶表示装置が取りうる液晶配向膜の具体的な配向方式としてはラビング配向法、光配向方などが挙げられる。また、特開2003-149647号公報や特開2011-257734号公報に記載のPSA(Polymer Sustained Alignment)技術によってポリマー配向支持されていてもよい。
また、本発明の感光性樹脂組成物および本発明の硬化膜は、上記用途に限定されず種々の用途に使用することができる。例えば、平坦化膜や層間絶縁膜以外にも、カラーフィルターの保護膜や、液晶表示装置における液晶層の厚みを一定に保持するためのスペーサーや固体撮像素子においてカラーフィルター上に設けられるマイクロレンズ等に好適に用いることができる。
図1は、アクティブマトリックス方式の液晶表示装置10の一例を示す概念的断面図である。このカラー液晶表示装置10は、背面にバックライトユニット12を有する液晶パネルであって、液晶パネルは、偏光フィルムが貼り付けられた2枚のガラス基板14,15の間に配置されたすべての画素に対応するTFT16の素子が配置されている。ガラス基板上に形成された各素子には、硬化膜17中に形成されたコンタクトホール18を通して、画素電極を形成するITO透明電極19が配線されている。ITO透明電極19の上には、液晶20の層とブラックマトリックスを配置したRGBカラーフィルター22が設けられている。
バックライトの光源としては、特に限定されず公知の光源を用いることができる。例えば白色LED、青色・赤色・緑色などの多色LED、蛍光灯(冷陰極管)、有機ELなどを挙げる事ができる。
また、液晶表示装置は、3D(立体視)型のものとしたり、タッチパネル型のものとしたりすることも可能である。さらにフレキシブル型にすることも可能であり、特開2011-145686号公報に記載の第2層間絶縁膜(48)や、特開2009-258758号公報に記載の層間絶縁膜(520)として用いることができる。 [Liquid Crystal Display]
The liquid crystal display device of the present invention comprises the cured film of the present invention.
The liquid crystal display device of the present invention is not particularly limited except that it has a flattening film and an interlayer insulating film formed using the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention, and known liquid crystal displays having various structures. An apparatus can be mentioned.
For example, specific examples of TFT (Thin-Film Transistor) included in the liquid crystal display device of the present invention include amorphous silicon-TFT, low-temperature polysilicon-TFT, oxide semiconductor TFT, and the like. Since the cured film of the present invention is excellent in electrical characteristics, it can be preferably used in combination with these TFTs.
Further, the liquid crystal driving methods that can be adopted by the liquid crystal display device of the present invention include TN (Twisted Nematic) method, VA (Virtual Alignment) method, IPS (In-Place-Switching) method, FFS (Frings Field Switching) method, OCB (Optical). Compensated Bend) method and the like.
In the panel configuration, the cured film of the present invention can also be used in a COA (Color Filter on Array) type liquid crystal display device. For example, the organic insulating film (115) of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2005-284291, or Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2005-346054. It can be used as an organic insulating film (212). Specific examples of the alignment method of the liquid crystal alignment film that the liquid crystal display device of the present invention can take include a rubbing alignment method and a photo alignment method. Further, the polymer orientation may be supported by a PSA (Polymer Sustained Alignment) technique described in JP-A Nos. 2003-149647 and 2011-257734.
Moreover, the photosensitive resin composition of this invention and the cured film of this invention are not limited to the said use, It can be used for various uses. For example, in addition to the planarization film and interlayer insulating film, a protective film for the color filter, a spacer for keeping the thickness of the liquid crystal layer in the liquid crystal display device constant, a microlens provided on the color filter in the solid-state imaging device, etc. Can be suitably used.
FIG. 1 is a conceptual cross-sectional view showing an example of an active matrix liquid
The light source of the backlight is not particularly limited, and a known light source can be used. For example, a white LED, a multicolor LED such as blue, red, and green, a fluorescent lamp (cold cathode tube), and an organic EL can be used.
Further, the liquid crystal display device can be a 3D (stereoscopic) type or a touch panel type. Further, it can be made flexible, and used as the second interlayer insulating film (48) described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2011-145686 and the interlayer insulating film (520) described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2009-258758. Can do.
本発明の有機EL表示装置は、本発明の硬化膜を具備することを特徴とする。
本発明の有機EL表示装置としては、上記本発明の感光性樹脂組成物を用いて形成される平坦化膜や層間絶縁膜を有すること以外は特に制限されず、様々な構造をとる公知の各種有機EL表示装置や液晶表示装置を挙げることができる。
例えば、本発明の有機EL表示装置が具備するTFT(Thin-Film Transistor)の具体例としては、アモルファスシリコン-TFT、低温ポリシリコンーTFT、酸化物半導体TFT等が挙げられる。本発明の硬化膜は電気特性に優れるため、これらのTFTに組み合わせて好ましく用いることができる。
図2は、有機EL表示装置の一例の構成概念図である。ボトムエミッション型の有機EL表示装置における基板の模式的断面図を示し、平坦化膜4を有している。
ガラス基板6上にボトムゲート型のTFT1を形成し、このTFT1を覆う状態でSi3N4から成る絶縁膜3が形成されている。絶縁膜3に、ここでは図示を省略したコンタクトホールを形成した後、このコンタクトホールを介してTFT1に接続される配線2(高さ1.0μm)が絶縁膜3上に形成されている。配線2は、TFT1間または、後の工程で形成される有機EL素子とTFT1とを接続するためのものである。
さらに、配線2の形成による凹凸を平坦化するために、配線2による凹凸を埋め込む状態で絶縁膜3上に平坦化層4が形成されている。
平坦化膜4上には、ボトムエミッション型の有機EL素子が形成されている。すなわち、平坦化膜4上に、ITOからなる第一電極5が、コンタクトホール7を介して配線2に接続させて形成されている。また、第一電極5は、有機EL素子の陽極に相当する。
第一電極5の周縁を覆う形状の絶縁膜8が形成されており、この絶縁膜8を設けることによって、第一電極5とこの後の工程で形成する第二電極との間のショートを防止することができる。
さらに、図2には図示していないが、所望のパターンマスクを介して、正孔輸送層、有機発光層、電子輸送層を順次蒸着して設け、次いで、基板上方の全面にAlから成る第二電極を形成し、封止用ガラス板と紫外線硬化型エポキシ樹脂を用いて貼り合わせることで封止し、各有機EL素子にこれを駆動するためのTFT1が接続されてなるアクティブマトリックス型の有機EL表示装置が得られる。 [Organic EL display device]
The organic EL display device of the present invention comprises the cured film of the present invention.
The organic EL display device of the present invention is not particularly limited except that it has a flattening film and an interlayer insulating film formed using the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention, and various known structures having various structures. Examples thereof include an organic EL display device and a liquid crystal display device.
For example, specific examples of TFT (Thin-Film Transistor) included in the organic EL display device of the present invention include amorphous silicon-TFT, low-temperature polysilicon-TFT, oxide semiconductor TFT, and the like. Since the cured film of the present invention is excellent in electrical characteristics, it can be preferably used in combination with these TFTs.
FIG. 2 is a conceptual diagram of an example of an organic EL display device. A schematic cross-sectional view of a substrate in a bottom emission type organic EL display device is shown, and a planarizing film 4 is provided.
A bottom
Further, in order to flatten the unevenness due to the formation of the
On the planarizing film 4, a bottom emission type organic EL element is formed. That is, the first electrode 5 made of ITO is formed on the planarizing film 4 so as to be connected to the
An insulating film 8 having a shape covering the periphery of the first electrode 5 is formed. By providing the insulating film 8, a short circuit between the first electrode 5 and the second electrode formed in the subsequent process is prevented. can do.
Further, although not shown in FIG. 2, a hole transport layer, an organic light emitting layer, and an electron transport layer are sequentially deposited through a desired pattern mask, and then a second layer made of Al is formed on the entire surface above the substrate. An active matrix organic material in which two electrodes are formed and sealed by bonding using a sealing glass plate and an ultraviolet curable epoxy resin, and each organic EL element is connected to a
以下に実施例を挙げて本発明をさらに具体的に説明する。以下の実施例に示す材料、使用量、割合、処理内容、処理手順等は、本発明の趣旨を逸脱しない限り、適宜、変更することができる。従って、本発明の範囲は以下に示す具体例に限定されるものではない。なお、特に断りのない限り、「部」、「%」は質量基準である。 The present invention will be described more specifically with reference to the following examples. The materials, amounts used, ratios, processing details, processing procedures, and the like shown in the following examples can be changed as appropriate without departing from the spirit of the present invention. Therefore, the scope of the present invention is not limited to the specific examples shown below.
The present invention will be described more specifically with reference to the following examples. The materials, amounts used, ratios, processing details, processing procedures, and the like shown in the following examples can be changed as appropriate without departing from the spirit of the present invention. Therefore, the scope of the present invention is not limited to the specific examples shown below. Unless otherwise specified, “part” and “%” are based on mass.
V-65:2,2‘-アゾビス(2,4-ジメチルバレロニトリル)(和光純薬工業社製)
MEDG(ジエチレングリコールエチルメチルエーテル):ハイソルブEDM(東邦化学工業社製)
PGMEA(プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート):(昭和電工社製)
ANON(シクロヘキサノン):(東京化成工業社製)
V-65: 2,2′-azobis (2,4-dimethylvaleronitrile) (manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.)
MEDG (diethylene glycol ethyl methyl ether): Hisolv EDM (manufactured by Toho Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.)
PGMEA (propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate): (Showa Denko)
ANON (cyclohexanone): (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.)
(構成単位(a1)の原料)
<MAEVEの合成>
エチルビニルエーテル144.2部(2モル当量)にフェノチアジン0.5部を添加し、反応系中を10℃以下に冷却しながらメタクリル酸86.1部(1モル当量)を滴下後、室温(25℃)で4時間撹拌した。p-トルエンスルホン酸ピリジニウム5.0部を添加後、室温で2時間撹拌し、一夜室温放置した。反応液に炭酸水素ナトリウム5部および硫酸ナトリウム5部を添加し、室温で1時間撹拌し、不溶物を濾過後40℃以下で減圧濃縮し、残渣の黄色油状物を減圧蒸留して沸点(bp.)43~45℃/7mmHg留分のメタクリル酸1-エトキシエチル134.0部を無色油状物として得た。
<MATHFの合成>
メタクリル酸(86g、1mol)を15℃に冷却しておき、カンファースルホン酸(4.6g,0.02mol)添加した。その溶液に、2-ジヒドロフラン(71g、1mol、1.0当量)を滴下した。1時間撹拌した後に、飽和炭酸水素ナトリウム(500mL)を加え、酢酸エチル(500mL)で抽出し、硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥後、不溶物を濾過後40℃以下で減圧濃縮し、残渣の黄色油状物を減圧蒸留して沸点(bp.)54~56℃/3.5mmHg留分のメタクリル酸テトラヒドロ-2H-フラン-2-イル(MATHF)125gを無色油状物として得た(収率80%)。 [Component A]
(Raw material of structural unit (a1))
<Synthesis of MAEVE>
To 144.2 parts (2 molar equivalents) of ethyl vinyl ether, 0.5 part of phenothiazine was added, and 86.1 parts (1 molar equivalent) of methacrylic acid was added dropwise while cooling the reaction system to 10 ° C. or lower. ) For 4 hours. After adding 5.0 parts of pyridinium p-toluenesulfonate, the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours and allowed to stand overnight at room temperature. To the reaction solution, 5 parts of sodium bicarbonate and 5 parts of sodium sulfate were added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. .) 134.0 parts of 1-ethoxyethyl methacrylate in the 43-45 ° C./7 mmHg fraction were obtained as a colorless oil.
<Synthesis of MATHF>
Methacrylic acid (86 g, 1 mol) was cooled to 15 ° C., and camphorsulfonic acid (4.6 g, 0.02 mol) was added. To the solution, 2-dihydrofuran (71 g, 1 mol, 1.0 equivalent) was added dropwise. After stirring for 1 hour, saturated sodium bicarbonate (500 mL) was added, extracted with ethyl acetate (500 mL), dried over magnesium sulfate, insolubles were filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure at 40 ° C. or lower to give a residual yellow oily product. Distillation under reduced pressure afforded 125 g of tetrahydro-2H-furan-2-yl methacrylate (MATHF) as a colorless oily substance (yield 80%) at a boiling point (bp.) Of 54 to 56 ° C./3.5 mmHg.
ラクトン(1):2-オキソオキソラン-3-イル=メタクリラート
Lactone (1): 2-oxooxolan-3-yl methacrylate
特開2006-146143号公報の段落0256~0259に記載の方法(合成例1)に従い合成した。 Lactone (4): condensed ring lactone monomer A
Synthesis was performed according to the method (Synthesis Example 1) described in paragraphs 0256 to 0259 of JP-A-2006-146143.
3つ口フラスコにアセトニトリル(500mL)、パントラクトン(東京化成製、130g)とトリエチルアミン(東京化成製、101g)を溶解させ、氷浴で0℃に冷却後に、メタクリル酸クロリド(東京化成製、104g)を滴下した。室温まで昇温させ、2時間撹拌した。水と酢酸エチルを加え、有機層を抽出し、硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥後に濃縮した。その濃縮物をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィーに供すことにより、目的物(160g、81%)を得た。 << 5,5-dimethyl-2-oxooxolan-3-yl methacrylate (synthesis of lactone (5) >>
Acetonitrile (500 mL), pantolactone (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry, 130 g) and triethylamine (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry, 101 g) are dissolved in a three-necked flask, cooled to 0 ° C. in an ice bath, and then methacrylic acid chloride (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry, 104 g). ) Was added dropwise. The mixture was warmed to room temperature and stirred for 2 hours. Water and ethyl acetate were added, the organic layer was extracted, dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated. The concentrate was subjected to silica gel column chromatography to obtain the desired product (160 g, 81%).
N-シクロヘキシルマレイミド
N-cyclohexylmaleimide
B-1:下記構造の化合物
B-1: Compound having the following structure
(GBLMA導入の例)
3つ口フラスコにMEDG(41g)導入し、窒素雰囲気下(N2フロー50ml/min)、70℃にて200rpm撹拌した。その液にMATHF(40mol%,24.99g)、MAA(10mol%,3.44g)、MMA(10mol%,4.00g)、GMA(30mol%,17.06g)、GBLMA(10mol%,6.81g)とV-65(4mol% vs monomer,3.97g)をMEDG(41g)に室温で溶解させ、2時間かけてゆっくりと添加した。後反応を70℃、4時間撹拌することにより、重合体A-1を得た。
なお、固形分濃度40質量%の重合体溶液を調製した。固形分濃度は、モノマー質量/(モノマー質量+溶剤質量)×100(単位質量%)とした。 <Polymerization example of polymer A-1>
(Example of introducing GBLMA)
MEDG (41 g) was introduced into a three-necked flask and stirred at 70 ° C. and 200 rpm under a nitrogen atmosphere (N 2 flow 50 ml / min). MATH (40 mol%, 24.99 g), MAA (10 mol%, 3.44 g), MMA (10 mol%, 4.00 g), GMA (30 mol%, 17.06 g), GBLMA (10 mol%, 6.64 g) were added to the liquid. 81 g) and V-65 (4 mol% vs. monomer, 3.97 g) were dissolved in MEDG (41 g) at room temperature and slowly added over 2 hours. The post-reaction was stirred at 70 ° C. for 4 hours to obtain a polymer A-1.
A polymer solution having a solid concentration of 40% by mass was prepared. The solid content concentration was monomer mass / (monomer mass + solvent mass) × 100 (unit mass%).
モノマー種類等を下記表に示す通りに変更し、他の重合体A-2~A-50を合成した。
重合体の固形分濃度は、40質量%とした。 <Synthesis Example of Polymers A-2 to A-50>
Monomers and the like were changed as shown in the following table, and other polymers A-2 to A-50 were synthesized.
The solid content concentration of the polymer was 40% by mass.
3つ口フラスコにMEDG(40g)導入し、窒素雰囲気下(N2フロー50ml/min)、70℃にて200rpm撹拌した。その液にMATHF(40mol%,24.99g)、MAA(10mol%,3.44g)、MMA(10mol%,4.00g)、GMA(30mol%,17.06g)、HEMA(10mol%,5.21g)とV-65(4mol% vs monomer,3.97g)をMEDG(40g)に室温で溶解させ、2時間かけてゆっくりと添加した。後反応を70℃、4時間撹拌することにより、A’-1を得た
<重合体A’-2~A’-18の重合例>
モノマー種類等を下記表に示す通りに変更し、他の重合体A’-2~A’-18を合成した。重合体A’-2~A’-18の固形分濃度は、40質量%とした。 <Polymerization example of polymer A'-1>
MEDG (40 g) was introduced into a three-necked flask, and stirred at 70 rpm at 200 rpm in a nitrogen atmosphere (N 2 flow 50 ml / min). MATH (40 mol%, 24.99 g), MAA (10 mol%, 3.44 g), MMA (10 mol%, 4.00 g), GMA (30 mol%, 17.06 g), HEMA (10 mol%, 5.4 g) were added to the liquid. 21 g) and V-65 (4 mol% vs. monomer, 3.97 g) were dissolved in MEDG (40 g) at room temperature and slowly added over 2 hours. A′-1 was obtained by stirring the post reaction at 70 ° C. for 4 hours. <Polymerization Examples of Polymers A′-2 to A′-18>
Monomers and the like were changed as shown in the following table, and other polymers A′-2 to A′-18 were synthesized. The solid content concentration of the polymers A′-2 to A′-18 was 40% by mass.
下記表8~12に示す固形分比となるように、重合体、光酸発生剤、増感剤、塩基性化合物、架橋剤、酸化防止剤、アルコキシシラン化合物、界面活性剤およびその他の成分を溶剤(MEDG)に固形分濃度25質量%になるまで溶解混合し、口径0.2μmのポリテトラフルオロエチレン製フィルターで濾過して、各種実施例および比較例の感光性樹脂組成物を得た。 <Adjustment of photosensitive resin composition>
Polymers, photoacid generators, sensitizers, basic compounds, crosslinking agents, antioxidants, alkoxysilane compounds, surfactants, and other components so that the solid content ratios shown in Tables 8 to 12 below are obtained. It melt | dissolved and mixed in the solvent (MEDG) until it became solid content concentration 25 mass%, and it filtered with the filter made from a polytetrafluoroethylene with a diameter of 0.2 micrometer, and obtained the photosensitive resin composition of various Examples and a comparative example.
ガラス基板(EAGLEXG、0.7mm厚(コーニング社製))を、ヘキサメチルジシラザン(HMDS)蒸気下に30秒曝し、各感光性樹脂組成物をスピンコート塗布した後、90℃/120秒ホットプレート上でプリベークして溶剤を揮発させ、膜厚3.0μmの感光性樹脂組成物層を形成した。
次に、得られた感光性樹脂組成物層を、キヤノン(株)製 MPA 5500CF(高圧水銀灯)を用いて、所定のマスクを介して露光した。そして、露光後の感光性樹脂組成物層を、アルカリ現像液(2.38%のテトラメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド水溶液)で23℃/60秒間現像した後、超純水で20秒リンスした。これらの操作により10μmのホールを解像する時の最適i線露光量(Eopt)を感度とした。
A:100mJ/cm2未満
B:100mJ/cm2以上、200mJ/cm2未満
C:200mJ/cm2以上、300mJ/cm2未満
D:300mJ/cm2以上、400mJ/cm2未満
E:400mJ/cm2以上 <Evaluation of sensitivity>
A glass substrate (EAGLEXG, 0.7 mm thickness (manufactured by Corning)) was exposed to hexamethyldisilazane (HMDS) vapor for 30 seconds, and each photosensitive resin composition was spin-coated and then heated at 90 ° C./120 seconds. Pre-baked on the plate to volatilize the solvent to form a photosensitive resin composition layer having a thickness of 3.0 μm.
Next, the obtained photosensitive resin composition layer was exposed through a predetermined mask using MPA 5500CF (high pressure mercury lamp) manufactured by Canon Inc. The exposed photosensitive resin composition layer was developed with an alkali developer (2.38% tetramethylammonium hydroxide aqueous solution) at 23 ° C./60 seconds, and then rinsed with ultrapure water for 20 seconds. The sensitivity was the optimum i-line exposure (Eopt) when resolving a 10 μm hole by these operations.
A: Less than 100 mJ / cm 2 B: 100 mJ / cm 2 or more, less than 200 mJ / cm 2 C: 200 mJ / cm 2 or more, less than 300 mJ / cm 2 D: 300 mJ / cm 2 or more, less than 400 mJ / cm 2 E: 400 mJ / cm 2 or more
ガラス基板を、ヘキサメチルジシラザン(HMDS)蒸気下に30秒曝し、該基板に各感光性樹脂組成物をスピンコート塗布した後、90℃/120秒ホットプレート上でプリベークして溶剤を揮発させ、膜厚3.0μmの感光性樹脂組成物層を形成した。続いて超高圧水銀灯を用いて積算照射量が300mJ/cm2(エネルギー強度:20mW/cm2、i線)となるように露光し、この基板をオーブンにて230℃/30分間加熱した。
得られた硬化膜の膜厚(T1)を測定した。そして、この硬化膜が形成された基板を60℃に温度制御されたジメチルスルホキシド:モノエタノールアミン=3:7溶液中に3分間浸漬させた後、浸漬後の硬化膜の膜厚(t1)を測定し、浸漬による膜厚変化率{|t1-T1|/T1}×100〔%〕を算出した。結果を下記表に示す。
小さいほど好ましく、C以上が実用上問題のないレベルである。
A:2%未満
B:2%以上3%未満
C:3%以上4%未満
D:4%以上6%未満
E:6%以上 <Evaluation of chemical resistance>
A glass substrate is exposed to hexamethyldisilazane (HMDS) vapor for 30 seconds, and each photosensitive resin composition is spin-coated on the substrate, and then pre-baked on a hot plate at 90 ° C. for 120 seconds to volatilize the solvent. A photosensitive resin composition layer having a thickness of 3.0 μm was formed. Subsequently, exposure was performed using an ultra-high pressure mercury lamp so that the integrated irradiation amount was 300 mJ / cm 2 (energy intensity: 20 mW / cm 2 , i-line), and the substrate was heated in an oven at 230 ° C./30 minutes.
The film thickness (T1) of the obtained cured film was measured. And after immersing the board | substrate with which this cured film was formed in the dimethylsulfoxide: monoethanolamine = 3: 7 solution temperature-controlled at 60 degreeC for 3 minutes, the film thickness (t1) of the cured film after immersion is set. The film thickness change rate {| t1-T1 | / T1} × 100 [%] by immersion was calculated. The results are shown in the table below.
A smaller value is preferable, and C or higher is a level that causes no problem in practical use.
A: Less than 2% B: 2% or more and less than 3% C: 3% or more and less than 4% D: 4% or more and less than 6% E: 6% or more
ベアウエハ基板(N型低抵抗)(SUMCO社製)に各感光性樹脂組成物をスピンコート塗布した後、90℃/120秒ホットプレート上でプリベークして溶剤を揮発させ、膜厚3.0μmの感光性樹脂組成物層を形成した。続いて超高圧水銀灯を用いて積算照射量が300mJ/cm2(エネルギー強度:20mW/cm2、i線)となるように露光し、この基板をオーブンにて230℃/30分間加熱した。
この硬化膜について、CVmap92A(Four Dimensions Inc.社製)を用い、測定周波数1MHzで比誘電率を測定した。
A:3.6未満
B:3.6以上3.8未満
C:3.8以上4.0未満
D:4.0以上4.2未満
E:4.2以上 <Evaluation of relative dielectric constant>
Each photosensitive resin composition was spin-coated on a bare wafer substrate (N-type low resistance) (manufactured by SUMCO), then pre-baked on a hot plate at 90 ° C. for 120 seconds to volatilize the solvent, and the film thickness was 3.0 μm. A photosensitive resin composition layer was formed. Subsequently, exposure was performed using an ultra-high pressure mercury lamp so that the integrated irradiation amount was 300 mJ / cm 2 (energy intensity: 20 mW / cm 2 , i-line), and the substrate was heated in an oven at 230 ° C./30 minutes.
For this cured film, the relative dielectric constant was measured at a measurement frequency of 1 MHz using CVmap92A (made by Four Dimensions Inc.).
A: Less than 3.6 B: 3.6 or more and less than 3.8 C: 3.8 or more and less than 4.0 D: 4.0 or more and less than 4.2 E: 4.2 or more
実施例127は、実施例16において、露光機を、キヤノン(株)製 MPA 5500CFから、Nikon(株)製FX-803M(gh-Line ステッパ)に変更した以外は同様に行った。感度の評価は実施例1と同レベルであった。 <Example 127>
Example 127 was performed in the same manner as in Example 16 except that the exposure machine was changed from MPA 5500CF manufactured by Canon Inc. to FX-803M (gh-Line stepper) manufactured by Nikon Corporation. The evaluation of sensitivity was the same level as in Example 1.
実施例128は、実施例1において、露光機を、キヤノン(株)製 MPA 5500CFから、355nmレーザー露光機に変更して355nmレーザー露光を行った以外は同様に行った。ここで、355nmレーザー露光機としては、株式会社ブイテクノロジー社製の「AEGIS」を使用し(波長355nm、パルス幅6nsec)、露光量はOPHIR社製の「PE10B-V2」を用いて測定した。
感度の評価は実施例1と同レベルであった。 <Example 128>
Example 128 was performed in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the exposure machine was changed from MPA 5500CF manufactured by Canon Inc. to a 355 nm laser exposure machine and 355 nm laser exposure was performed. Here, as the 355 nm laser exposure machine, “AEGIS” manufactured by Buoy Technology Co., Ltd. was used (wavelength 355 nm,
The evaluation of sensitivity was the same level as in Example 1.
特許第3321003号公報の図1に記載のアクティブマトリクス型液晶表示装置において、層間絶縁膜として硬化膜17を以下のようにして形成し、実施例55の液晶表示装置を得た。すなわち、実施例1の感光性樹脂組成物を用い、層間絶縁膜として硬化膜17を形成した。
すなわち、特許第3321003号公報の58段落の基板と層間絶縁膜17の濡れ性を向上させる前処理として、基板をヘキサメチルジシラザン(HMDS)蒸気下に30秒曝し、その後、実施例1の感光性樹脂組成物をスピンコート塗布した後、90℃で2分ホットプレート上でプリベークして溶剤を揮発させ、膜厚3μmの感光性樹脂組成物層を形成した。次に、得られた感光性樹脂組成物層を、キヤノン(株)製 MPA 5500CF(高圧水銀灯)を用いて、10μmφのホールパターンのマスクを介して80mJ/cm2となるよう露光した。そして、露光後の感光性樹脂組成物層を、アルカリ現像液(2.38%のテトラメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド水溶液)で23℃/60秒間パドル現像した後、超純水で20秒リンスした。続いて超高圧水銀灯を用いて積算照射量が300mJ/cm2(エネルギー強度:20mW/cm2、i線)となるように全面露光し、その後、この基板をオーブンにて230℃で30分加熱して硬化膜を得た。
前記感光性樹脂組成物を塗布する際の塗布性は良好で、露光、現像、焼成の後に得られた硬化膜には、しわやクラックの発生は認められなかった。 <Example 129>
In the active matrix type liquid crystal display device shown in FIG. 1 of Japanese Patent No. 3321003, a cured
That is, as a pretreatment for improving the wettability between the substrate and the
The applicability when applying the photosensitive resin composition was good, and no wrinkles or cracks were observed in the cured film obtained after exposure, development, and baking.
実施例129と以下のプロセスのみ変更して、同様の液晶表示装置を得た。すなわち、基板の前処理であるヘキサメチルジシラザン(HMDS)処理を省いて、実施例1の感光性樹脂組成物を塗布した場合でも、得られた硬化膜として、パターンの欠けや剥がれの無い良好な状態であった。また液晶表示装置としての性能も実施例129と同様に良好であった。これは本発明の組成物が基板との密着性に優れるためであると思われる。生産性を向上させる観点では、上記基板の前処理の工程を省くことも好ましい。 <Example 130>
A liquid crystal display device similar to that of Example 129 was obtained by changing only the following process. That is, even when the photosensitive resin composition of Example 1 was applied without the hexamethyldisilazane (HMDS) treatment, which is a pretreatment of the substrate, the resulting cured film was good with no chipping or peeling off of the pattern. It was a state. Further, the performance as a liquid crystal display device was good as in Example 129. This is presumably because the composition of the present invention has excellent adhesion to the substrate. From the viewpoint of improving productivity, it is also preferable to omit the substrate pretreatment step.
実施例129と以下のプロセスのみ変更して、同様の液晶表示装置を得た。すなわち、プリベーク後に減圧乾燥工程(VCD)を導入しても、得られた硬化膜として、パターンの欠けや剥がれの無い良好な状態であった。また液晶表示装置としての性能も実施例129と同様に良好であった。組成物の固形分濃度や膜厚に応じて、塗布ムラを抑制する観点から、減圧乾燥工程を導入することも好ましい。 <Example 131>
A liquid crystal display device similar to that of Example 129 was obtained by changing only the following process. That is, even if a vacuum drying step (VCD) was introduced after pre-baking, the obtained cured film was in a good state with no pattern chipping or peeling. Further, the performance as a liquid crystal display device was good as in Example 129. It is also preferable to introduce a reduced-pressure drying step from the viewpoint of suppressing coating unevenness according to the solid content concentration and the film thickness of the composition.
実施例129と以下のプロセスのみ変更して、同様の液晶表示装置を得た。すなわち、マスク露光してから現像工程の間にPEB工程を導入しても、得られた硬化膜として、パターンの欠けや剥がれの無い良好な状態であった。また液晶表示装置としての性能も実施例129と同様に良好であった。寸法安定性を高める観点では、PEB工程を導入することも好ましい。 <Example 132>
A liquid crystal display device similar to that of Example 129 was obtained by changing only the following process. That is, even if the PEB process was introduced between the development process and the mask exposure, the obtained cured film was in a good state with no pattern chipping or peeling. Further, the performance as a liquid crystal display device was good as in Example 129. From the viewpoint of improving dimensional stability, it is also preferable to introduce a PEB process.
実施例129と以下のプロセスのみ変更して、同様の液晶表示装置を得た。すなわち、アルカリ現像液を2.38%のテトラメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド水溶液から0.4%のテトラメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド水溶液に変更しても、得られた硬化膜として、パターンの欠けや剥がれの無い良好な状態であった。また液晶表示装置としての性能も実施例129と同様に良好であった。これは本発明の組成物が基板との密着性に優れるためであると思われる。 <Example 133>
A liquid crystal display device similar to that of Example 129 was obtained by changing only the following process. That is, even when the alkaline developer is changed from a 2.38% tetramethylammonium hydroxide aqueous solution to a 0.4% tetramethylammonium hydroxide aqueous solution, the resulting cured film is good in that there is no pattern chipping or peeling. It was a state. Further, the performance as a liquid crystal display device was good as in Example 129. This is presumably because the composition of the present invention has excellent adhesion to the substrate.
実施例129と以下のプロセスのみ変更して、同様の液晶表示装置を得た。すなわち、アルカリ現像方法をパドル現像からシャワー現像に変更しても、得られた硬化膜として、パターンの欠けや剥がれの無い良好な状態であった。また液晶表示装置としての性能も実施例129と同様に良好であった。これは本発明の組成物が基板との密着性に優れるためであると思われる。 <Example 134>
A liquid crystal display device similar to that of Example 129 was obtained by changing only the following process. That is, even when the alkali development method was changed from paddle development to shower development, the obtained cured film was in a good state with no pattern chipping or peeling. Further, the performance as a liquid crystal display device was good as in Example 129. This is presumably because the composition of the present invention has excellent adhesion to the substrate.
実施例129と以下のプロセスのみ変更して、同様の液晶表示装置を得た。すなわち、アルカリ現像液を2.38%のテトラメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド水溶液から0.04%のKOH水溶液に変更しても、得られた硬化膜として、パターンの欠けや剥がれの無い良好な状態であった。また液晶表示装置としての性能も実施例129と同様に良好であった。これは本発明の組成物が基板との密着性に優れるためであると思われる。 <Example 135>
A liquid crystal display device similar to that of Example 129 was obtained by changing only the following process. That is, even when the alkaline developer was changed from a 2.38% tetramethylammonium hydroxide aqueous solution to a 0.04% KOH aqueous solution, the resulting cured film was in a good state with no pattern chipping or peeling. It was. Further, the performance as a liquid crystal display device was good as in Example 129. This is presumably because the composition of the present invention has excellent adhesion to the substrate.
実施例129と以下のプロセスのみ変更して、同様の液晶表示装置を得た。すなわち、現像・リンス後の全面露光の工程を省いて、オーブンにて230℃で30分加熱して硬化膜を得た。得られた液晶表示装置としての性能は実施例129と同様に良好であった。これは本発明の組成物が薬品耐性に優れるためであると思われる。生産性を向上させる観点では、全面露光の工程を省くことも好ましい。 <Example 136>
A liquid crystal display device similar to that of Example 129 was obtained by changing only the following process. That is, the entire surface exposure step after development and rinsing was omitted, and the cured film was obtained by heating in an oven at 230 ° C. for 30 minutes. The performance of the obtained liquid crystal display device was as good as in Example 129. This seems to be because the composition of the present invention is excellent in chemical resistance. From the viewpoint of improving productivity, it is also preferable to omit the entire exposure process.
実施例129と以下のプロセスのみ変更して、同様の液晶表示装置を得た。すなわち、全面露光の工程とオーブンでの230℃/30分加熱工程の間に、100℃で3分ホットプレート上で加熱する工程を追加した。得られた液晶表示装置としての性能は実施例129と同様に良好であった。ホールパターンの形状を整えるという観点で、本工程を追加することも好ましい。 <Example 137>
A liquid crystal display device similar to that of Example 129 was obtained by changing only the following process. That is, a step of heating on a hot plate at 100 ° C. for 3 minutes was added between the entire surface exposure step and the 230 ° C./30 minute heating step in the oven. The performance of the obtained liquid crystal display device was as good as in Example 129. It is also preferable to add this process from the viewpoint of adjusting the shape of the hole pattern.
実施例129と以下のプロセスのみ変更して、同様の液晶表示装置を得た。すなわち、現像・リンスの工程と全面露光の工程の間に、100℃で3分ホットプレート上で加熱する工程を追加した。得られた液晶表示装置としての性能は実施例129と同様に良好であった。ホールパターンの形状を整えるという観点で、本工程を追加することも好ましい。 <Example 138>
A liquid crystal display device similar to that of Example 129 was obtained by changing only the following process. That is, a process of heating on a hot plate at 100 ° C. for 3 minutes was added between the development / rinse process and the entire surface exposure process. The performance of the obtained liquid crystal display device was as good as in Example 129. It is also preferable to add this process from the viewpoint of adjusting the shape of the hole pattern.
ガラス基板6上にボトムゲート型のTFT1を形成し、このTFT1を覆う状態でSi3N4から成る絶縁膜3を形成した。次に、この絶縁膜3に、ここでは図示を省略したコンタクトホールを形成した後、このコンタクトホールを介してTFT1に接続される配線2(高さ1.0μm)を絶縁膜3上に形成した。この配線2は、TFT1間又は、後の工程で形成される有機EL素子とTFT1とを接続するためのものである。 An organic EL display device using TFT was produced by the following method (see FIG. 2).
A bottom
感光性樹脂組成物を塗布する際の塗布性は良好で、露光、現像、焼成の後に得られた硬化膜には、しわやクラックの発生は認められなかった。さらに、配線2の平均段差は500nm、作製した平坦化膜4の膜厚は2,000nmであった。 Further, in order to flatten the unevenness due to the formation of the
The applicability when applying the photosensitive resin composition was good, and no wrinkles or cracks were observed in the cured film obtained after exposure, development and baking. Furthermore, the average step of the
Claims (15)
- (A)下記(1)及び(2)の少なくとも一方を満たす重合体を含む重合体成分、
(1)(a1)酸基が酸分解性基で保護された基を有する構成単位、及び(a2)架橋性基を有する構成単位を有する重合体、又は
(2)前記構成単位(a1)を有する重合体及び前記構成単位(a2)を有する重合体、
(B)光酸発生剤、
(C)溶剤を含有し、
前記(A)重合体成分中に、(a4)ラクトン構造を有する構成単位が少なくとも1種含まれているか、
(3)前記構成単位(a4)を含み、かつ、前記構成単位(a1)及び前記構成単位(a2)を含まない重合体を少なくとも1種含む感光性樹脂組成物。 (A) a polymer component containing a polymer that satisfies at least one of the following (1) and (2):
(1) (a1) a structural unit having a group in which an acid group is protected by an acid-decomposable group, and (a2) a polymer having a structural unit having a crosslinkable group, or (2) the structural unit (a1). And a polymer having the structural unit (a2),
(B) a photoacid generator,
(C) contains a solvent,
In the (A) polymer component, (a4) at least one structural unit having a lactone structure is contained,
(3) A photosensitive resin composition comprising at least one polymer containing the structural unit (a4) and not containing the structural unit (a1) and the structural unit (a2). - 前記ラクトン構造を有する構成単位が下記一般式(1)で表される基を含む、請求項1に記載の感光性樹脂組成物。
一般式(1)
General formula (1)
- 前記ラクトン構造を有する構成単位(a4)が、以下の一般式(2)で表される請求項1又は2に記載の感光性樹脂組成物。
一般式(2)
General formula (2)
- 前記ラクトン構造を有する構成単位(a4)が、以下の一般式(3)で表される請求項1~3のいずれか1項に記載の感光性樹脂組成物。
一般式(3)
General formula (3)
- 前記ラクトン構造が5員環又は6員環を形成するラクトン構造である、請求項1~4のいずれか1項に記載の感光性樹脂組成物。 The photosensitive resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the lactone structure is a lactone structure forming a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring.
- 前記構成単位(a1)が、カルボキシ基がアセタールの形で保護された基を有する構成単位である、請求項1~5のいずれか1項に記載の感光性樹脂組成物。 The photosensitive resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein the structural unit (a1) is a structural unit having a group in which a carboxy group is protected in the form of an acetal.
- 前記構成単位(a1)が、下記一般式(1-11)で表される構成単位である、請求項1~6のいずれか1項に記載の感光性樹脂組成物。
一般式(1-11)
Formula (1-11)
- 前記架橋性基が、エポキシ基、オキセタニル基及び-NH-CH2-OR(Rは水素原子又は炭素数1~20のアルキル基)から選ばれる少なくとも1種である、請求項1~7のいずれか1項に記載の感光性樹脂組成物。 The crosslinkable group is at least one selected from an epoxy group, an oxetanyl group, and —NH—CH 2 —OR (where R is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms). 2. The photosensitive resin composition according to item 1.
- 前記(B)光酸発生剤が、オキシムスルホネート化合物又はオニウム塩化合物である、請求項1~9のいずれか1項に記載の感光性樹脂組成物。 The photosensitive resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 9, wherein the (B) photoacid generator is an oxime sulfonate compound or an onium salt compound.
- 前記ラクトン構造を有する構成単位(a4)が、以下の一般式(4)~(7)で表される請求項1~9のいずれか1項に記載の感光性樹脂組成物。
一般式(4) 一般式(5) 一般式(6) 一般式(7)
General formula (4) General formula (5) General formula (6) General formula (7)
- (1)請求項1~11のいずれか1項に記載の感光性樹脂組成物を基板上に塗布する工程、
(2)塗布された感光性樹脂組成物から溶剤を除去する工程、
(3)溶剤が除去された感光性樹脂組成物を活性光線により露光する工程、
(4)露光された感光性樹脂組成物を水性現像液で現像する工程、及び、
(5)現像された感光性樹脂組成物を熱硬化するポストベーク工程、
を含む硬化膜の製造方法。 (1) A step of applying the photosensitive resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 11 on a substrate,
(2) a step of removing the solvent from the applied photosensitive resin composition;
(3) A step of exposing the photosensitive resin composition from which the solvent has been removed with actinic rays,
(4) developing the exposed photosensitive resin composition with an aqueous developer, and
(5) a post-baking step of thermosetting the developed photosensitive resin composition;
The manufacturing method of the cured film containing this. - 請求項1~11のいずれか1項に記載の感光性樹脂組成物を硬化してなる硬化膜、又は、請求項12に記載の硬化膜の製造方法により形成された硬化膜。 A cured film obtained by curing the photosensitive resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 11, or a cured film formed by the method for producing a cured film according to claim 12.
- 層間絶縁膜である、請求項13に記載の硬化膜。 The cured film of Claim 13 which is an interlayer insulation film.
- 請求項13又は14に記載の硬化膜を有する、液晶表示装置又は有機EL表示装置。 A liquid crystal display device or an organic EL display device having the cured film according to claim 13 or 14.
Priority Applications (3)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
CN201480017166.2A CN105051608B (en) | 2013-03-27 | 2014-03-25 | Photosensitive resin composition, interlayer insulating film and method for producing same, liquid crystal display device, and organic electroluminescent display device |
KR1020157022121A KR20150107847A (en) | 2013-03-27 | 2014-03-25 | Photosensitive resin composition, method for producing cured film, cured film, liquid crystal display device and organic el display device |
JP2015508531A JP6116668B2 (en) | 2013-03-27 | 2014-03-25 | Photosensitive resin composition, method for producing cured film, cured film, liquid crystal display device, and organic EL display device |
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
JP2013-066827 | 2013-03-27 | ||
JP2013066827 | 2013-03-27 |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
WO2014157171A1 true WO2014157171A1 (en) | 2014-10-02 |
Family
ID=51624142
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/JP2014/058230 WO2014157171A1 (en) | 2013-03-27 | 2014-03-25 | Photosensitive resin composition, method for producing cured film, cured film, liquid crystal display device and organic el display device |
Country Status (5)
Country | Link |
---|---|
JP (1) | JP6116668B2 (en) |
KR (1) | KR20150107847A (en) |
CN (1) | CN105051608B (en) |
TW (1) | TWI598686B (en) |
WO (1) | WO2014157171A1 (en) |
Cited By (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JP2016164662A (en) * | 2015-03-06 | 2016-09-08 | 東友ファインケム株式会社Dongwoo Fine−Chem Co., Ltd. | Chemically amplified photosensitive resin composition and insulation film produced from the same |
JP2017037108A (en) * | 2015-08-06 | 2017-02-16 | 東京応化工業株式会社 | Photosensitive composition |
Families Citing this family (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
TWI830850B (en) * | 2019-12-30 | 2024-02-01 | 奇美實業股份有限公司 | Chemically amplified positive photosensitive resin composition and uses thereof |
CN114276239B (en) * | 2021-12-29 | 2023-10-27 | 徐州博康信息化学品有限公司 | Preparation method of ketal structure-containing acid-sensitive photoresist resin monomer |
Citations (6)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO2010007993A1 (en) * | 2008-07-15 | 2010-01-21 | Jsr株式会社 | Positive-type radiation-sensitive composition, and resist pattern formation method |
JP2011013502A (en) * | 2009-07-02 | 2011-01-20 | Tokyo Ohka Kogyo Co Ltd | Resist composition and resist pattern forming method |
JP2012173438A (en) * | 2011-02-18 | 2012-09-10 | Fujifilm Corp | Pattern forming method, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, and resist film |
JP2012230134A (en) * | 2011-04-22 | 2012-11-22 | Jsr Corp | Radiation-sensitive resin composition, interlayer insulating film for display element and formation method thereof |
JP2013011866A (en) * | 2011-05-30 | 2013-01-17 | Shin Etsu Chem Co Ltd | Pattern forming method and resist composition |
JP2013047765A (en) * | 2010-08-30 | 2013-03-07 | Fujifilm Corp | Photosensitive resin composition, oxime sulfonate compound, method for forming cured film, cured film, organic el display device and liquid crystal display device |
Family Cites Families (4)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN102792227B (en) * | 2010-03-11 | 2014-11-12 | 富士胶片株式会社 | Positive photosensitive resin composition, method for forming cured film, cured film, liquid crystal display device, and organic EL display device |
JP5658941B2 (en) * | 2010-08-05 | 2015-01-28 | 東京応化工業株式会社 | Resist pattern forming method |
KR20140047045A (en) * | 2011-06-10 | 2014-04-21 | 도오꾜오까고오교 가부시끼가이샤 | Solvent-developable negative resist composition, resist pattern formation method, and method for forming pattern of layer including block copolymer |
JP5807510B2 (en) * | 2011-10-27 | 2015-11-10 | 信越化学工業株式会社 | Pattern forming method and resist composition |
-
2014
- 2014-03-25 WO PCT/JP2014/058230 patent/WO2014157171A1/en active Application Filing
- 2014-03-25 JP JP2015508531A patent/JP6116668B2/en active Active
- 2014-03-25 KR KR1020157022121A patent/KR20150107847A/en active Search and Examination
- 2014-03-25 CN CN201480017166.2A patent/CN105051608B/en active Active
- 2014-03-26 TW TW103111143A patent/TWI598686B/en not_active IP Right Cessation
Patent Citations (6)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO2010007993A1 (en) * | 2008-07-15 | 2010-01-21 | Jsr株式会社 | Positive-type radiation-sensitive composition, and resist pattern formation method |
JP2011013502A (en) * | 2009-07-02 | 2011-01-20 | Tokyo Ohka Kogyo Co Ltd | Resist composition and resist pattern forming method |
JP2013047765A (en) * | 2010-08-30 | 2013-03-07 | Fujifilm Corp | Photosensitive resin composition, oxime sulfonate compound, method for forming cured film, cured film, organic el display device and liquid crystal display device |
JP2012173438A (en) * | 2011-02-18 | 2012-09-10 | Fujifilm Corp | Pattern forming method, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, and resist film |
JP2012230134A (en) * | 2011-04-22 | 2012-11-22 | Jsr Corp | Radiation-sensitive resin composition, interlayer insulating film for display element and formation method thereof |
JP2013011866A (en) * | 2011-05-30 | 2013-01-17 | Shin Etsu Chem Co Ltd | Pattern forming method and resist composition |
Cited By (6)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JP2016164662A (en) * | 2015-03-06 | 2016-09-08 | 東友ファインケム株式会社Dongwoo Fine−Chem Co., Ltd. | Chemically amplified photosensitive resin composition and insulation film produced from the same |
CN105938299A (en) * | 2015-03-06 | 2016-09-14 | 东友精细化工有限公司 | Chemically amplified photosensitive resin composition and insulation layer prepared from the same |
KR20160107951A (en) * | 2015-03-06 | 2016-09-19 | 동우 화인켐 주식회사 | Chemically amplified photosensitive resist composition and insulation layer prepared from the same |
KR102157641B1 (en) | 2015-03-06 | 2020-09-18 | 동우 화인켐 주식회사 | Chemically amplified photosensitive resist composition and insulation layer prepared from the same |
CN105938299B (en) * | 2015-03-06 | 2020-10-09 | 东友精细化工有限公司 | Chemically amplified photosensitive resin composition and insulating film produced therefrom |
JP2017037108A (en) * | 2015-08-06 | 2017-02-16 | 東京応化工業株式会社 | Photosensitive composition |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
CN105051608B (en) | 2020-03-13 |
TW201500846A (en) | 2015-01-01 |
KR20150107847A (en) | 2015-09-23 |
JP6116668B2 (en) | 2017-04-19 |
JPWO2014157171A1 (en) | 2017-02-16 |
TWI598686B (en) | 2017-09-11 |
CN105051608A (en) | 2015-11-11 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
JP6182612B2 (en) | Photosensitive resin composition, method for producing cured film, cured film, liquid crystal display device, and organic EL display device | |
JP5849152B2 (en) | Chemical amplification type positive photosensitive resin composition, method for producing cured film, cured film, organic EL display device and liquid crystal display device | |
WO2015046296A1 (en) | Photosensitive resin composition, method of producing cured film, cured film, liquid crystal display device and organic el display device | |
JP6038951B2 (en) | Photosensitive resin composition, method for producing cured film, cured film, organic EL display device and liquid crystal display device | |
JP6279571B2 (en) | Photosensitive resin composition, method for producing cured film, cured film, liquid crystal display device, and organic EL display device | |
JP5941543B2 (en) | Photosensitive resin composition, method for producing cured film, cured film, organic EL display device and liquid crystal display device | |
JP2014197155A (en) | Photosensitive resin composition, method for producing cured film, cured film, liquid crystal display device and organic electroluminescence (el) display device | |
JP6116668B2 (en) | Photosensitive resin composition, method for producing cured film, cured film, liquid crystal display device, and organic EL display device | |
JP6272338B2 (en) | Photosensitive resin composition, method for producing cured film, cured film, liquid crystal display device, and organic EL display device | |
JP6159408B2 (en) | Photosensitive resin composition, method for producing cured film, cured film, liquid crystal display device, and organic EL display device | |
JP5933735B2 (en) | Photosensitive resin composition, method for producing cured film, cured film, organic EL display device and liquid crystal display device | |
JP2015099320A (en) | Photosensitive resin composition, production method of cured film, cured film, organic electroluminescence (el) display device, and liquid crystal display device | |
JP2015121643A (en) | Photosensitive resin composition, production method of cured film, cured film, liquid crystal display device, and organic electroluminescence (el) display device | |
JP6147218B2 (en) | Photosensitive resin composition, method for producing cured film, cured film, liquid crystal display device, organic EL display device, touch panel display device | |
JP2014010200A (en) | Photosensitive resin composition, production method of cured film, cured film, organic electroluminescence (el) display device, and liquid crystal display device | |
JP2014122972A (en) | Photosensitive resin composition, method of producing cured film, cured film, liquid crystal display device, and organic el display device | |
JP2015094898A (en) | Photosensitive resin composition, method for producing cured film, cured film, liquid crystal display device and organic el display device | |
JP2014071308A (en) | Photosensitive resin composition, production method of cured film using the composition, cured film, liquid crystal display device and organic electroluminescence display device | |
JP6219949B2 (en) | Photosensitive resin composition, method for producing cured film, cured film, liquid crystal display device, and organic EL display device | |
JP2014235216A (en) | Photosensitive resin composition, production method of cured film, cured film, liquid crystal display device, and organic electroluminescence (el) display device | |
JP2014071300A (en) | Photosensitive resin composition, production method of cured film using the composition, cured film, liquid crystal display device and organic electroluminescence display device | |
JP6194357B2 (en) | Photosensitive resin composition, method for producing cured film, cured film, liquid crystal display device, and organic EL display device |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
WWE | Wipo information: entry into national phase |
Ref document number: 201480017166.2 Country of ref document: CN |
|
121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 14773447 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
ENP | Entry into the national phase |
Ref document number: 20157022121 Country of ref document: KR Kind code of ref document: A |
|
ENP | Entry into the national phase |
Ref document number: 2015508531 Country of ref document: JP Kind code of ref document: A |
|
NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
122 | Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase |
Ref document number: 14773447 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |